20.07.2013 Views

On the Characters and the Plancherel Formula of Nilpotent Groups ...

On the Characters and the Plancherel Formula of Nilpotent Groups ...

On the Characters and the Plancherel Formula of Nilpotent Groups ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 1, 255-280 (1967)<br />

<strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Characters</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Plancherel</strong> <strong>Formula</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Nilpotent</strong> <strong>Groups</strong>*<br />

L. PUKANSZKY<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Ma<strong>the</strong>matics, University <strong>of</strong> Penmyvlvania,<br />

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104<br />

Communicated by Irving E. Segal<br />

Received April 13, 1967<br />

1. Let G be a connected <strong>and</strong> simply connected nilpotent group<br />

with <strong>the</strong> Lie algebra 2’. We denote by T an irreducible unitary<br />

representation <strong>of</strong> G on a Hilbert space. Let da be a left-invariant<br />

Haar measure on G, <strong>and</strong> v a C” function <strong>of</strong> compact support. Then<br />

<strong>the</strong> operator defined by<br />

T, = s da) T(a) da<br />

G<br />

is <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> trace class (cf. [4], p. 108), <strong>and</strong> we have Eq. (1) below for<br />

its trace in terms <strong>of</strong> v. We denote by 9’ <strong>the</strong> dual <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> underlying<br />

space <strong>of</strong> 9, <strong>and</strong> by (8, d’) <strong>the</strong> canonical bilinear form on 9 x 9’.<br />

Let us form <strong>the</strong> Fourier transform <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> C” function <strong>of</strong> compact<br />

support defined on 2 by ~(6’) = v (exp k’) (8 E Z), through <strong>the</strong> formula<br />

q(8) = I9 y(4) ei(cJ’) d8 (t” E Z’),<br />

dl denoting a positive translation-invariant measure on 9. Then we<br />

have<br />

Tr (T,) = Jo $5(P) dw. (1)<br />

Here 0 st<strong>and</strong>s for an orbit <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> representation, contragredient<br />

to <strong>the</strong> adjoint representation, <strong>of</strong> G on Y, <strong>and</strong> dv denotes an invariant<br />

measure on 0. The orbit 0 is well-determined by <strong>the</strong> equivalence<br />

class <strong>of</strong> T <strong>and</strong> conversely, given any orbit in 9’, <strong>the</strong>re exists a unique<br />

equivalence class <strong>of</strong> irreducible representations <strong>of</strong> G, which corre-<br />

* Prepared with partial support from Nonr-551 (57).<br />

@J 1967 by Academic Press Inc.<br />

580/1/3-I<br />

255


256 PUKANSZKY<br />

sponds to it by virtue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> formula (1) (cf. Theo&me, p. 145in[4]).<br />

The measures da <strong>and</strong> dr! having been fixed, <strong>the</strong> measure dv is uniquely<br />

determined on each orbit; it will be referred to as <strong>the</strong> canonical<br />

measure in <strong>the</strong> sequel. Up to now, no direct characterization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

canonical measure has been known; this question is <strong>of</strong> interest, in<br />

particular, for <strong>the</strong> derivation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Plancherel</strong> formula for G (cf. [4],<br />

Chap. III, Sections 4-6).<br />

Let us consider now an arbitrary connected Lie group G with <strong>the</strong><br />

Lie algebra 9’. If 0 is an orbit <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> kind considered above, <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> a<br />

positive dimension, in 9’, we can assign to it an invariant measure as<br />

follows. We write 0 for <strong>the</strong> adjoint representation <strong>of</strong> G, <strong>and</strong> p for <strong>the</strong><br />

representation, contragredient to o. Choosing an arbitrary element p<br />

<strong>of</strong> 0, let us consider <strong>the</strong> map CX~ from G onto 0 defined by<br />

a,(a) = p(a)p (a E G). Its differential vp = da+, is a map <strong>of</strong> 5’ onto<br />

<strong>the</strong> tangent space TP <strong>of</strong> 0 at p, <strong>and</strong> its kernel, identifiable to <strong>the</strong> Lie<br />

algebra <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stable group <strong>of</strong> p, coincides with <strong>the</strong> radical <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> skewsymmetric<br />

bilinear form B,(tr ,8s) = ([/i , es], p) on 9 x 3’. Therefore<br />

<strong>the</strong>re exist a well-determined nondegenerate skew-symmetric<br />

bilinear form wp on TP x TP , such that A,(,) = BP . Varyingp on 0<br />

we obtain in this fashion a 2-form w, which is invariant under <strong>the</strong><br />

action <strong>of</strong> G. In fact, writing s(a)x = axa-l (a, x E G) <strong>and</strong> q = p(a)p<br />

(p E 0) we have mp o s(a) = p(a) o ap whence, by taking differentials,<br />

it follows that CJ.I* o u(a) = dp(a) Ip o vp . But <strong>the</strong>n, setting<br />

Ma) lp up = up , we obtain for all &, <strong>and</strong> tZ in 9:<br />

4%(6)7 %(a = %M44 4),<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore w; = op , p roving <strong>the</strong> statement. Let us denote by d<br />

<strong>the</strong> dimension <strong>of</strong> 0. Since this is necessarily an even number, we can<br />

form <strong>the</strong> exterior power (w)~/~ <strong>of</strong> w. We shall call <strong>the</strong> positive invariant<br />

measure, corresponding to it on 0, <strong>the</strong> K-measure <strong>of</strong> 0.<br />

The author is indebted to B. Kostant for <strong>the</strong> conjecture that, in <strong>the</strong><br />

nilpotent case, <strong>the</strong> canonical measure <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> K-measure are essen-<br />

tially <strong>the</strong> same. This is strongly suggested by his construction<br />

(unpublished), making possible, in particular, to set up a one-to-one<br />

correspondence between certain orbits <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all equivalence<br />

classes <strong>of</strong> irreducible representations <strong>of</strong> a compact semisimple group<br />

(cf. Section 2 for more details), toge<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> observation, that <strong>the</strong><br />

ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> (necessarily finite) total K-volume <strong>of</strong> an orbit <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

dimension <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corresponding irreducible representation is a constant<br />

depending only on <strong>the</strong> group.


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 257<br />

The main purpose <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> present paper is to verify this conjecture<br />

for <strong>the</strong> nilpotent groups (cf. Section 3), though its domain <strong>of</strong> validity<br />

seems to include all cases, where a formula <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type (1) can be set<br />

up at all. We shall return to <strong>the</strong> discussion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> expo-<br />

nential groups1 in a fur<strong>the</strong>r publication.<br />

The plan <strong>of</strong> this paper is as follows. Though not directly related to<br />

<strong>the</strong> main result, because <strong>of</strong> its great heuristic value, we thought it<br />

useful to begin with a self-contained discussion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> situation,<br />

just quoted, <strong>of</strong>fered by a compact semisimple Lie group. The sole<br />

purpose <strong>of</strong> Section 2 is to place <strong>the</strong> subsequent considerations con-<br />

cerning <strong>the</strong> nilpotent case in a more general context. We show, how<br />

<strong>the</strong> l-l correspondence, pointed out by Kostant, between <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong><br />

all equivalence classes <strong>of</strong> irreducible representations <strong>of</strong> a connected<br />

<strong>and</strong> simply connected compact semisimple Lie group G <strong>and</strong> certain<br />

orbits in <strong>the</strong> corresponding algebra 9 (identified now with its dual<br />

through <strong>the</strong> Killing form) can be established, just as in <strong>the</strong> nilpotent<br />

case, by aid <strong>of</strong> a formula like (1). The only difference comes from <strong>the</strong><br />

fact that, as suggested by Kirillov in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> SU(2) (cf. [3], Section<br />

5 in $S), prior to forming <strong>the</strong> Fourier transform <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> function v on<br />

9, we have to multiply it by a certain expression, depending only<br />

on $4. All this follows easily from <strong>the</strong> Weyl character formula along<br />

with a <strong>the</strong>orem <strong>of</strong> Harish-Ch<strong>and</strong>ra (cf. [2], Theorem 2) implying a<br />

simple relationship between <strong>the</strong> character <strong>of</strong> a given representation<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Fourier transform <strong>of</strong> a positive measure on 9, which is<br />

invariant with respect to <strong>the</strong> adjoint representation <strong>and</strong> is concentrated<br />

on <strong>the</strong> corresponding orbit. Let us observe, incidentally, that in <strong>the</strong><br />

nilpotent case, <strong>the</strong> Fourier transform (formed with 9’), which has<br />

just been referred to, does not admit any manageable expression on<br />

9. In Section 3 we prove <strong>the</strong> main result, according to which for<br />

niipotent groups <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> canonical measure <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> K-<br />

measure <strong>of</strong> an orbit depends only on <strong>the</strong> dimension <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> latter.<br />

Taking into account <strong>the</strong> picture found in <strong>the</strong> compact semisimple case<br />

in Section 2, one can interpret formula (l), along with <strong>the</strong> precise<br />

expression, obtained in Section 3, for <strong>the</strong> canonical measure, as <strong>the</strong><br />

analog for nilpotent groups <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Weyl character formula. Finally,<br />

in Section 4 we apply this result to obtain an explicit algorithm for <strong>the</strong><br />

computation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Plancherel</strong> measure. In fact, to obtain this, by<br />

virtue <strong>of</strong> Section 3 it suffices to represent a translation-invariant<br />

measure on 2’ as a continuous sum <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> K-measures <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> orbits<br />

1 A connected <strong>and</strong> simply connected solvable Lie group is called exponential, if <strong>the</strong><br />

exponential map is onto.


258 PUKANSZKY<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> representation p. We show, that <strong>the</strong> result implies <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>orem<br />

<strong>of</strong> J. Dixmier ([4], p. 171), according to which <strong>the</strong> <strong>Plancherel</strong> measure<br />

is representable by a rational differential on <strong>the</strong> quotient space,<br />

according to p, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> union <strong>of</strong> orbits <strong>of</strong> maximal dimension in 3”.<br />

There is good reason to believe, that <strong>the</strong> same algorithm remains in<br />

force for exponential unimodular groups too.<br />

As indicated above, <strong>the</strong> reading <strong>of</strong> Section 2 is not necessary for <strong>the</strong><br />

underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> main results <strong>of</strong> this paper.<br />

2. As mentioned above, <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> this Section is to discuss,<br />

following <strong>the</strong> main idea <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> presentation <strong>of</strong> Kirillov’s <strong>the</strong>ory in [4],<br />

Part II, Chap. II, Sections 6-8, certain facts concerning irreducible<br />

representations <strong>of</strong> compact semisimple groups, <strong>the</strong> main objective<br />

being <strong>the</strong> demonstration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> constancy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> dimension<br />

<strong>of</strong> an irreducible representation <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total K-volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

corresponding orbit.<br />

In what follows throughout this Section, 9 will denote a fixed<br />

compact semisimple Lie algebra, <strong>and</strong> b a fixed Cartan subalgebra <strong>of</strong> 9.<br />

Let P be <strong>the</strong> collection <strong>of</strong> all nonzero roots <strong>of</strong> 9 with respect to $<br />

We assume <strong>the</strong> elements <strong>of</strong> P under <strong>the</strong> form ior (h E $), where i<br />

is a fixed square root <strong>of</strong> - 1. Writing for x <strong>and</strong> y in<br />

2 : (x, y) = - Tr (a& ady), f or any root (y. <strong>the</strong>re exists a welldetermined<br />

element ~1’ in b, such that or(h) = (h, a’) (h E a); in <strong>the</strong><br />

sequel OL’, too, will be referred to as a root, <strong>and</strong> we omit <strong>the</strong> prime. Let<br />

(aj;j = 1, 2,..., r} (r = dim) be a system <strong>of</strong> simple roots <strong>and</strong> P,<br />

<strong>the</strong> collection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corresponding positive roots. We write<br />

hj = 201,/(01, 3 aj) (j = 1, 2 ,..., Y). Then, as it is known (cf. [I],<br />

Exposes 17-21), <strong>the</strong>re is a l-l correspondence between <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all<br />

equivalence classes <strong>of</strong> irreducible representations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> connected <strong>and</strong><br />

simply connected group G determined by 9, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> set II <strong>of</strong> all<br />

elements X <strong>of</strong> 0, for which (h, h,) ( j = 1, 2,..., r) is nonnegative <strong>and</strong><br />

integral. We denote by p <strong>the</strong> half sum <strong>of</strong> all positive roots, <strong>and</strong> by W<br />

<strong>the</strong> Weyl group corresponding to IJ; for s in W <strong>and</strong> h in 8, sh will st<strong>and</strong><br />

for <strong>the</strong> action <strong>of</strong> s on h. Then <strong>the</strong> function xI on Q, which corresponds<br />

to <strong>the</strong> restriction to exp t, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> character <strong>of</strong> an irreducible representation<br />

<strong>of</strong> class X (h E /I) is given by<br />

where<br />

xr(h) =$#,<br />

QG) = &44 exp W, P + 41


<strong>and</strong><br />

PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 259<br />

W) = J (exp [i t (h, 41 - exp [-- i S Vb 41)<br />

= -$N exp [W, P)l [E(S) = det (s) for s in w].<br />

In what follows, &<strong>and</strong> dh will denote volume elements on 9 <strong>and</strong> E,<br />

respectively, corresponding to <strong>the</strong> Euclidean metric determined by<br />

<strong>the</strong> negative Killing form. We denote again by o(a) <strong>the</strong> adjoint repre-<br />

sentation <strong>of</strong> G <strong>and</strong> by da <strong>the</strong> element <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Haar measure on G,<br />

such that J da = 1. We put r(h) = (z]” nNEP al(h) (h E b), where m<br />

is <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> positive roots. Then ([2], 6. 105) <strong>the</strong>re exists a<br />

constant Co , such that we have for all functions f, which are con-<br />

tinuous <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> a compact support on 9:<br />

We shall also use <strong>the</strong> following formula, due to Harish-Ch<strong>and</strong>ra<br />

(cf. [2], Theorem 2, p. 104)2:<br />

p(h) T( - h’) 1, exp (a(a) A, h’) da = 4 (& 4~) exp (% W) ,<br />

valid for any two elements h <strong>and</strong> h’ in 0; d, st<strong>and</strong>s for neEp+ (OL, p).<br />

Given any function, invariant with respect to <strong>the</strong> Weyl group, on 0,<br />

we denote with <strong>the</strong> same letter <strong>the</strong> unique u-invariant function on 9<br />

determined by it. We write u(e) for D(e>/+) (6’ E 9) <strong>and</strong> recall, that in<br />

a neighborhood <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> neutral element in 9, where <strong>the</strong> exponential<br />

mapping is l-l, 1 a(e) I2 &is th e ex p ression for a Haar measure on G.<br />

Finally, for any A in A we write O(h) for <strong>the</strong> orbit, with respect to <strong>the</strong><br />

adjoint representation, <strong>of</strong> X + p.<br />

With <strong>the</strong>se notations, we have <strong>the</strong> following<br />

PROPOSITION 1. For any h in A <strong>and</strong> f E C” <strong>of</strong> a compact support<br />

on 9 we have<br />

Here dv is an invuriunt measure on O(h); fi(6’) s f (e) FQ <strong>and</strong><br />

f(F) = f9f(t’) exp [+!, G’)] dt! (6” E 9).<br />

s Substitute -H for <strong>the</strong> H used in [Zj’, <strong>and</strong> observe that


260 PUKANSZKY<br />

Moreover, <strong>the</strong> orbit O(h) <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> measure dv are uniquely determined<br />

kY (2).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. We start by observing, that<br />

xX4 I 44 I2 = QM W) I 44 F2,<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore, we have for <strong>the</strong> left-h<strong>and</strong> side <strong>of</strong> (2)<br />

where we have put<br />

<strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong>, writing dA for <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> O(A) with respect to<br />

dv, we have for any g(e) continuous on 9, putting x = X + p,<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore <strong>the</strong> right-h<strong>and</strong> side <strong>of</strong> (2) gives<br />

where<br />

= dn s afV> W) dl<br />

2<br />

G(4) = j, exp [;(~(a) k’, A)] da.<br />

Since this function is clearly o-invariant, we can conclude that<br />

Summing up, to establish <strong>the</strong> equality appearing in <strong>the</strong> Proposition,<br />

it suffices to show, that Q,(h) ZE d&h) G(h) (h E b), or that<br />

dp(h) j, exp [~(u(cz) h, A)] da = C E(S) exp [i(sh, A)].<br />

SSW


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 261<br />

But for this it suffices to substitute iA in place <strong>of</strong> h’ in <strong>the</strong> formula <strong>of</strong><br />

Harish-Ch<strong>and</strong>ra, <strong>and</strong> to choose for dA<br />

Observe, that this is <strong>the</strong> dimension <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> representation, correspond-<br />

ing to A in A.<br />

To prove, that <strong>the</strong> orbit O(A) in <strong>the</strong> right-h<strong>and</strong> side <strong>of</strong> (2) is uniquely<br />

determined, since a(O) = 1, it is enough to show, that if 0, <strong>and</strong> 0,<br />

are two orbits <strong>of</strong> u <strong>and</strong> dv, <strong>and</strong> dv, are nontrivial invariant measures<br />

on <strong>the</strong>m, <strong>and</strong> if we have<br />

for all C” functions, vanishing outside a given neighborhood <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

neutral element in 9, <strong>the</strong>n 0, = 0, <strong>and</strong> dv, = dv, . Let L be a<br />

translation-invariant differential operator on 9. Replacing f first by<br />

Lf, <strong>the</strong>n by an approximate identity in <strong>the</strong> above equation, we conclude,<br />

that<br />

for any polynomial function P(e) on $4. If 0, <strong>and</strong> 0, are different,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n, since <strong>the</strong>y are compact <strong>and</strong> without common point, by an<br />

appropriate choice <strong>of</strong> P, we can arrange that <strong>the</strong> left-h<strong>and</strong> side should<br />

be arbitrarily small, while <strong>the</strong> right-h<strong>and</strong> side remains close to <strong>the</strong><br />

volume <strong>of</strong> 0, with respect to dv, which, according to assumption,<br />

is nonzero. Hence 0, = 0,; but <strong>the</strong>n dv, <strong>and</strong> dv, , too, coincide, <strong>and</strong><br />

this finishes <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> Proposition 1.<br />

Summing up once more, Proposition 1 establishes a l-l correspond-<br />

ence between <strong>the</strong> family <strong>of</strong> orbits, determined by elements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form<br />

X + p (A E A), in 9 <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all equivalence classes <strong>of</strong> irreducible<br />

representations <strong>of</strong> G in <strong>the</strong> following fashion: The character xA(h)<br />

equals D(h)/?r(h) t imes <strong>the</strong> Fourier transform <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> positive, o-inva-<br />

riant measure, concentrated on <strong>the</strong> orbit <strong>of</strong> h + p, in 9, <strong>the</strong> total<br />

mass <strong>of</strong> which equals dA = x,,(O). 0 ur next Proposition shows, that<br />

<strong>the</strong> K-volume (cf. Section 1) <strong>and</strong> dA are proportional.<br />

PROPOSITION 2. For a $xed h in A, Zet us denote by V(K) <strong>the</strong>


262 PUKANSZKY<br />

K-volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> orbit <strong>of</strong> h + p. Then, with <strong>the</strong> notations used above,<br />

we have<br />

In particular,<br />

does not depend on A.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. As it is known, we can choose an orthonormal basis<br />

(E, , Ei; CY, /3 E P+> in <strong>the</strong> orthogonal complement l+- <strong>of</strong> IJ in 2 in such<br />

a fashion, that adhE, = or(h) EL <strong>and</strong> adhE: = - al(h) E, for all h in lo.<br />

Next we observe, that <strong>the</strong> Lie algebra <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stabilizer <strong>of</strong> X + p in Osp<br />

coincides with Q. To this end we remark first, that <strong>the</strong> subalgebra <strong>of</strong> 2,<br />

which has just been referred to, coincides with <strong>the</strong> centralizer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

element x = X + p, <strong>of</strong> lo, in S?. <strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong>, if<br />

is some element <strong>of</strong> -Ee, we have<br />

But since (01, p) is positive for all (Y in P+ (cf. [I], Lemma 2 in Expose<br />

19), <strong>and</strong> since X is in II, a(X) is always positive. Therefore, if 6’ is in <strong>the</strong><br />

centralizer <strong>of</strong> X, we must have c, = CL = 0 for all CX, <strong>and</strong> thus 6’belongs<br />

to TJ. We are going to compute <strong>the</strong> K-volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> orbit <strong>of</strong> X + p,<br />

to be denoted again by O(X), in two steps. First we determine <strong>the</strong><br />

volume V(E) <strong>of</strong> O(X) with respect to <strong>the</strong> metric induced on O(h) by<br />

<strong>the</strong> Euclidean metric <strong>of</strong> 2, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n we compute <strong>the</strong> ratio V(K)/V(E).<br />

As regards <strong>the</strong> first point, we start by observing, that <strong>the</strong> tangent space<br />

to O(X) at A, since it is spanned by <strong>the</strong> vectors {a&A; I E ,Ep), by virtue<br />

<strong>of</strong> what we saw above, coincides with bl. Therefore, since c(a) is an<br />

orthogonal transformation <strong>of</strong> .P into itself for any a in G, at <strong>the</strong><br />

point o(a) x <strong>of</strong> O(h) <strong>the</strong> orthogonal complement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tangent space<br />

can be identified with u(a) $. Let us set again I = dim $. For a<br />

positive E, we denote by S, <strong>the</strong> r-dimensional solid sphere <strong>of</strong><br />

radius e in 6, <strong>and</strong> we write v(e) for its volume. Also, we write


PLANCHERRL FORMULA OF NILPOTRNT GROUPS 263<br />

f&‘) for <strong>the</strong> characteristic function <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> set uafc u(a) (A + S,)<br />

in 14. Then we have <strong>the</strong> following relation:<br />

in o<strong>the</strong>r words, we have V(E) = C, naEp+ (a, X + p)“. Let us denote<br />

by d <strong>the</strong> dimension <strong>of</strong> O(A); we have d = 2m. Next we observe, that<br />

V(K)/V(E) is <strong>the</strong> same as <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two d-forms, representing<br />

<strong>the</strong> volume element in <strong>the</strong> K-metric (cf. Section 1) <strong>and</strong> in <strong>the</strong> Euclidean<br />

metric <strong>of</strong> O(X), at A, say. We denote by {ej; j = 1,2,..., d} <strong>the</strong><br />

vectors {B. , EL; OL E P+} in some order. Then, by virtue <strong>of</strong> a known<br />

formula, <strong>the</strong> coefficient <strong>of</strong> I-$1 A ej in <strong>the</strong> (d/2)th power <strong>of</strong><br />

equals 2” * m! times <strong>the</strong> square root <strong>of</strong> det (([ei , ej], A); i,j = I,..., d);<br />

one verifies by an easy computation, that <strong>the</strong> latter is <strong>the</strong> same as<br />

naEp+ (cw, h + p). <strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong>, <strong>the</strong> factor <strong>of</strong> I-&, A ei in <strong>the</strong> d<br />

form, corresponding to <strong>the</strong> Euclidean volume element <strong>of</strong> O(A), at<br />

x is equal to <strong>the</strong> square root <strong>of</strong> det ((adei x, adei 1); i,j = l,..., d);<br />

one verifies easily, that this is <strong>the</strong> same as 1 ~(1) 12. Therefore <strong>the</strong><br />

ratio V(K)/V(E) is given by 2” * m! nssp+ (01, h + p)/l r(X) 12, <strong>and</strong><br />

thus finally we obtain that V(K) = C,, 2” * m! nmEP+ (LU, X + p),<br />

finishing <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> Proposition 2.<br />

We close this section with <strong>the</strong> following observation. Let q(a) be a<br />

C” function which vanishes outside a neighborhood, where canonical<br />

coordinates <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> first kind can be introduced, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unity <strong>of</strong> G.<br />

We write ~(4) for <strong>the</strong> corresponding function on G. For a h in A, we<br />

denote by T(“) an irreducible representation, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> class A, <strong>of</strong> G. Then,<br />

by virtue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> previous considerations, we have<br />

where dw. is <strong>the</strong> element <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> K-measure for O(h), provided <strong>the</strong><br />

Haar measure da on <strong>the</strong> left, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> volume element d/ (by aid <strong>of</strong><br />

which <strong>the</strong> Fourier transform in <strong>the</strong> right-h<strong>and</strong> side is formed) <strong>of</strong>


264 PUKANSZKY<br />

2 are chosen in such a fashion, that <strong>the</strong> ratio da/d/ at <strong>the</strong> neutral<br />

element <strong>of</strong> 2 should be <strong>the</strong> same as V(K)/d, = C, 2” * m! nasP+ (a, p).<br />

We shall see in <strong>the</strong> next section that, in <strong>the</strong> nilpotent case <strong>the</strong> value<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> analogously defined constant is 4” * m! rrm.<br />

3. In this Section we consider again a nilpotent Lie algebra P’ <strong>of</strong><br />

dimension n > 0, with <strong>the</strong> corresponding connected <strong>and</strong> simply-<br />

connected group G. We denote by u <strong>the</strong> adjoint representation <strong>of</strong> G,<br />

<strong>and</strong> by p <strong>the</strong> representation, which is contragredient to u, on 2’.<br />

In o<strong>the</strong>r words, denoting by (/, el) <strong>the</strong> canonical bilinear form on<br />

2 x ZZ”, we have, for all a in G,<br />

(u(a) rt, P) = (l, p(a-‘) 8’) (t E Y, t’ E 9’).<br />

Let H be a subalgebra <strong>of</strong> 2, <strong>of</strong> a dimension h < n. We shall say,<br />

that <strong>the</strong> ordered (n - h)-tuple <strong>of</strong> elements {t; , /a ,..., &‘n-h} <strong>of</strong> $P is a<br />

supplementary basis <strong>of</strong> H, provided for each j = 1, 2,..., n - h <strong>the</strong><br />

subspace, spanned by H<strong>and</strong> (8, ,..., e,>, <strong>of</strong> 2 is a subalgebra <strong>of</strong> dimen-<br />

sion h + j. Let us denote by exp H <strong>the</strong> subgroup, which is <strong>the</strong> image<br />

<strong>of</strong> H through <strong>the</strong> exponential map, <strong>of</strong> G <strong>and</strong> let us set gj(t) = exp (J’+)<br />

(j = 1, 2,..., 12 - h). The map <strong>of</strong> exp H x Rn-h into G, which<br />

assigns to (h, (ti , t, ,. .., tn-h)) (h E exp H) <strong>the</strong> element<br />

<strong>of</strong> G, is a homeomorphism between exp H x Rn-h <strong>and</strong> G ([4J p. 96,<br />

Remarque 2), <strong>and</strong> dt, dt, *a+ dt,-, defines an invariant measure on <strong>the</strong><br />

homogeneous space <strong>of</strong> right-classes <strong>of</strong> G according to exp H ([4J,<br />

p. 121, Remarque).<br />

An element c!; <strong>of</strong> 2’ having been fixed, we shall denote by B(lr ,&J<br />

<strong>the</strong> skew-symmetric bilinear form on 9 x 2 defined by ([/r , t.J, 8;)<br />

(/i , tz E 2). Given a subspace H <strong>of</strong> JZ’, we shall write (H)i for its<br />

orthogonal complement, with respect to B, in 2, <strong>and</strong> H-L for its<br />

orthogonal complement, with respect to <strong>the</strong> canonical bilinear form<br />

in 9’.<br />

We start with a new pro<strong>of</strong> for a statement, announced first by<br />

Kirillov ([4], Theo&me on p. 50, <strong>and</strong> also <strong>the</strong> Remark below).<br />

LEMMA 1. Let & be a nonzero element in 9”, <strong>and</strong> let 0 be its orbit<br />

with respect to p; we set d = dim 0, <strong>and</strong> suppose d > 0. Let


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 265<br />

be a Jordan-H6lder sequence in 9, <strong>and</strong> {ej; j = 1, 2,..., n} a basis in Y<br />

such that ej’ E S?&., - 9’; (j = 1, 2,..., n). Then <strong>the</strong>re exist n polyno-<br />

mials {Pi; j = 1, 2,..., n} <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> d variables {xk; k = 1, 2,..., d} <strong>and</strong> d<br />

indices 0


266 PUKANSZKY<br />

we obtain a system <strong>of</strong> polynomials {P,}, having <strong>the</strong> properties claimed<br />

in <strong>the</strong> Lemma.<br />

Since Q,(T) E (fj , p(g( T)) r$), to prove (2) it is clearly enough<br />

to show, that<br />

(ai > 0), if, for some k with jk > j, we have ak > 0. But in this case<br />

<strong>the</strong> left h<strong>and</strong> side can be written as B( fd, r$, where 4 is some element<br />

in sj <strong>and</strong> j, > j. But this is zero, since fc lies in FtPl C (9&. To<br />

establish (1) it suffices to prove that, for j = j, ,<br />

((adf$” (adj,&“~-’ *** ((adfipe, , e;) = 0<br />

if uk > 1 or uk = 1 <strong>and</strong> uG > 0 for some & < k, <strong>and</strong> - 1 if uk = 1<br />

<strong>and</strong> a, = 0 for G < k. The second statement being implied by<br />

B(q , -7-J = %j , we consider only <strong>the</strong> first. In this case, since<br />

[9, ,Ep] C Pi-, , <strong>the</strong> left h<strong>and</strong> side has <strong>the</strong> form B(fk , GT1), where<br />

&i lies in Zj-r (j = jk). But as above, we can show, that this is zero,<br />

finishing thus <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Lemma.<br />

Remark. Let G as above; we recall, that a continuous representa-<br />

tion U, <strong>of</strong> G, on a finite-dimensional vector space V is called unipotent,<br />

provided <strong>the</strong> differential dU <strong>of</strong> this representation contains nilpotent<br />

operators only. We wish to show, that in <strong>the</strong> previous Lemma 9<br />

<strong>and</strong> p can be replaced by V <strong>and</strong> U, respectively. In fact, considering<br />

<strong>the</strong> dual I” <strong>of</strong> V as an Abelian Lie algebra, <strong>and</strong> setting<br />

$8) = - [transpose <strong>of</strong> dU(r!)] (I E 5?), let us form <strong>the</strong> semidirect<br />

product 8 <strong>of</strong> dp <strong>and</strong> V’ by defining <strong>the</strong> bracket <strong>of</strong> c! in 9 <strong>and</strong> v’ in<br />

V’ as I v’. Then <strong>the</strong> dual V <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ideal V’ <strong>of</strong> 9’ can be identified<br />

with <strong>the</strong> quotient space <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> dual <strong>of</strong> 9’ according to $P’, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

representation induced in it by dp, formed for 8, is identifiable with<br />

dU. Therefore, to obtain <strong>the</strong> desired parametrization for <strong>the</strong> orbit <strong>of</strong><br />

an element V,, <strong>of</strong> V, with respect to U, it suffices to choose a Jordan-<br />

Holder sequence <strong>of</strong> 9, containing V’ <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n to consider <strong>the</strong> param-<br />

etrization (in <strong>the</strong> sense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> previous Lemma) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> orbit, with<br />

respect to p for exp 8, <strong>of</strong> an element <strong>of</strong> 9, lying over v, , <strong>and</strong> finally<br />

to take <strong>the</strong> result mod 9’.<br />

Let again 8; be a nonzero element <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> dual <strong>of</strong> 9’. We recall<br />

(cf. [q, pp. 153-154), that a subalgebra H, <strong>of</strong> 9, is said to be sub-<br />

ordinated to 8;) if this is perpendicular to <strong>the</strong> first derived algebra <strong>of</strong><br />

H. In this case we can form a character x <strong>of</strong> K = exp H by setting<br />

x (exp h) = exp [i(h, Gi)] (h E H). Let us form <strong>the</strong> representation T,


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 267<br />

induced by x, <strong>of</strong> G. We denote again by d <strong>the</strong> dimension <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> orbit<br />

0 <strong>of</strong> 8; with respect to p. Then, as it is known ([4], p. 154), T is<br />

irreducible if <strong>and</strong> only if we have dim H = dim $P - + d.<br />

The content <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following lemma is a special case <strong>of</strong> known<br />

results quoted before. The purpose <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> new pro<strong>of</strong> given for it<br />

here is to obtain a suitable algorithm for <strong>the</strong> computation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cano-<br />

nical measure (cf. <strong>the</strong> Remark directly following <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong>).<br />

LEMMA 2. Let 8; a$xed element <strong>of</strong> 3”; we suppose that <strong>the</strong> dimension<br />

d <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corresponding orbit is positive. Assume that <strong>the</strong> subalgebra H,<br />

<strong>of</strong> dimension dim 9 - 4j d, is subordinated to & , <strong>and</strong> form <strong>the</strong> unitary<br />

representation T as above. Let z,h be a C” function <strong>of</strong> compact support on G.<br />

Then <strong>the</strong> operator T$ is <strong>of</strong> class Hilbert-Schmidt, <strong>and</strong> we have<br />

where 0 is <strong>the</strong> orbit <strong>of</strong> t$ , dv an invariant measure on 0, <strong>and</strong> $(el)<br />

<strong>the</strong> Fourier transform <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> function v,(l)>, which corresponds on 9, through <strong>the</strong><br />

exponential map, to #” x $ (#“(a) = [#(a-‘)]). The integral on <strong>the</strong> right-<br />

h<strong>and</strong> side converges absolutely.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Let {8r , 4, ,..., 4,) be a supplementary basis <strong>of</strong> H in 3’;<br />

we write gj(t) = exp (t’&) (j = 1, 2,..., m; 2m = d). We set<br />

K = exp H, <strong>and</strong> using <strong>the</strong> observations made before Lemma 1, we<br />

identify <strong>the</strong> homogeneous space I’ <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> right classes <strong>of</strong> G according<br />

to K with <strong>the</strong> closed subset {gl(tl) *a. gm(t,); (tI , t, ,..., tJ E Rm} <strong>of</strong><br />

G. Then every element <strong>of</strong> G can uniquely be written in <strong>the</strong> form kr<br />

(K E K, y E r). In particular, for any y in r <strong>and</strong> a in G, we set<br />

ya = k(ya) yd (k(ra) E K, yd E r). Let dy be any positive invariant<br />

measure on r (dt, dt, *** dt,, say). Then, if x (exp h) = exp [i(h, &)I<br />

(h E H), <strong>the</strong> representation T can be realized in <strong>the</strong> Hilbert space<br />

L2(r, dr), such that T(a) f (y) = x(k(ya)) f (yd). Let us write<br />

v(a) = (#- x #) (a) (a E G). We divide <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> in several steps.<br />

(a) First, we show, that T, is implemented in L2(P, dr) by a<br />

kernel, thus leading to an expression <strong>of</strong> Tr (T,) in terms <strong>of</strong> CJJ. If<br />

f(y) is continuous, <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> compact support on r, we have


268 PUKANSZKY<br />

We denote by dk <strong>the</strong> invariant measure on K, satisfying<br />

for any function g, which is continuous <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> compact support, on G.<br />

Then <strong>the</strong> previous relation gives<br />

T,f(Y) = j,,, dr-lb'> xVWb4 dk 4 = j, K&Y, r')fW 4'<br />

where we have<br />

&h r’> = j, dPh4 x(4 dk.<br />

(a = PW),<br />

Since, on account <strong>of</strong> our choice <strong>of</strong> y, <strong>the</strong> operator T, is positive,<br />

we conclude, that <strong>the</strong> continuous function K, on r x r is positive-<br />

definite <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore<br />

Tr V,> = j, K&J, r><br />

4 (3)<br />

irrespective <strong>of</strong> whe<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> expressions on both sides <strong>of</strong> this equation<br />

are finite or not (cf. [4], pp. 116-l 19).<br />

(b) Let us put q(e) = q~ (exp k) (k’ E 2); <strong>the</strong> left-h<strong>and</strong> side is C”<br />

<strong>and</strong> has a compact support on 5?. We write again<br />

W) = j9 ~(4 exp [@,~‘)I dt<br />

(e’ E 9’)<br />

<strong>and</strong> express &,(y, y) by aid <strong>of</strong> @(e’) as follows. We observe first, that<br />

choosing a linear measure dh on H in a suitable fashion, we have<br />

where (T is <strong>the</strong> adjoint representation <strong>of</strong> G. Next, by fixing <strong>the</strong> volume<br />

element de’ on Y in an appropriate manner, we obtain<br />

q(4) = j,, $3(P) exp [ - i(/,P)] dP.<br />

In this case we shall call de’ <strong>the</strong> measure, dual to dtf. Choosing elements


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 269<br />

y <strong>and</strong> h in I’ <strong>and</strong> H, respectively, <strong>and</strong> replacing G by a&-l) h in <strong>the</strong><br />

above equation, we conclude, that<br />

cp(u(y-l) h) = I‘,, +(I’) exp [- i(o(y-l) h, t’)] dk’<br />

= s ~, +(p(y-l) e’) exp [ - i(h, d’)] de’.<br />

Let us take <strong>the</strong> measure A’, dual to dh, on H’ <strong>and</strong> let us form <strong>the</strong><br />

measure dhl, uniquely determined by de’ <strong>and</strong> dh’, by aid <strong>of</strong> which we<br />

have<br />

Then <strong>the</strong> previous equation gives<br />

d4P) h) = IH, (/HL$%(~-l) (f’ + AL)) dhl) exp [- @, 41 dh’.<br />

In <strong>the</strong> exponential on <strong>the</strong> right-h<strong>and</strong> side, (h, h’) st<strong>and</strong>s for <strong>the</strong><br />

canonical bilinear form on H x H’, <strong>and</strong> it is understood that <strong>the</strong><br />

class, containing el, on 2’ modulo HI is h’. Substituting this in (4),<br />

<strong>and</strong> applying <strong>the</strong> Fourier inversion formula on H, we obtain<br />

(c) Next we observe, that <strong>the</strong> orbit U <strong>of</strong> r$, with respect to <strong>the</strong><br />

restriction <strong>of</strong> p to K = exp H, coincides with/i + HL (cf. [4], p. 158).<br />

In fact, one verifies easily, using dim H = dim 2’ - 4 d, that U<br />

is open in 8; + H-L, but since it is <strong>the</strong> orbit <strong>of</strong> a unipotent representa-<br />

tion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> nilpotent group K = exp H (by virtue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Remark<br />

after Lemma l), U necessarily coincides with 6’; + HJ-. Let us denote<br />

by S <strong>the</strong> stabilizer, with respect to p, <strong>of</strong> ei in G. Its Lie algebra R<br />

is <strong>the</strong> radical <strong>of</strong> B(fl , /J = ([/1 , &,I, 8;) (tr , z$ E 9). By virtue <strong>of</strong> our<br />

choice, H is maximal self-orthogonal with respect to B, hence it<br />

contains R (cf. [4], p. 157). S ince, by Lemma 1, S is connected,3<br />

we have S = exp R C K. Let us denote by A <strong>the</strong> homogeneous space<br />

<strong>of</strong> right classes <strong>of</strong> K according-to S. The map CO, <strong>of</strong> A into 8; + H-L,<br />

defined for <strong>the</strong> class K <strong>of</strong> K in K mod S by w(R) = p(kl) 8; , is a<br />

bijection between A <strong>and</strong> 6’; + Hl. We denote by dA <strong>the</strong> inverse<br />

3 In fact, <strong>the</strong> orbit 0 in Lemma 1 is simply connected.


270 PUKANSZKY<br />

image, through w, <strong>of</strong> dbl. Then dA is an invariant measure on A. To<br />

see this, it suffices to observe, that, for any k in K, we have<br />

p(k) 4; = 8; + &, where hi E Hl, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore, if g is continuous <strong>of</strong><br />

compact support on Y, we obtain<br />

Using dA, (5) can be rewritten as<br />

We recall, that K,(y, y) is continuous <strong>and</strong> nonnegative on I’. Using (3),<br />

we obtain finally<br />

(d) Observe, that de, = dA dy is an invariant measure on G/S;<br />

we denote by <strong>the</strong> same symbol <strong>the</strong> corresponding measure on 0.<br />

Using <strong>the</strong> notations <strong>of</strong> Lemma 1 we set dz = dz, dz, *+* dz, . Taking<br />

into account <strong>the</strong> remarks made before Lemma 1 we see that dz, too,<br />

is an invariant measure on 0, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore it differs only by a positive<br />

factor from dv. From this we conclude that, in order to prove Lemma<br />

2, it suffices to show that <strong>the</strong> function +(z, , za ,..., zd), obtained from<br />

$(e’) by replacing d’ through <strong>the</strong> parametrization <strong>of</strong> 0, is summable<br />

with respect to <strong>the</strong> Lebesque measure on Rd. Since ~(4’) is C” <strong>and</strong><br />

has a compact support, +(e’) is rapidly decreasing, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore <strong>the</strong>re<br />

exists a constant C, such that<br />

for all z in R”. But by virtue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> polynomials {Pj},<br />

described in Lemma 1, <strong>the</strong> right-h<strong>and</strong> side is certainly summable.<br />

We recall finally, that ~(a) = ($- x 4) (a) (a E G), <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore<br />

T, = T,*T,.<br />

Remark. Observe, that given a Haar measure da on G, <strong>and</strong> a<br />

translation-invariant measure d/ on 9, Lemma 2 yields <strong>the</strong> following


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 271<br />

algorithm to determine <strong>the</strong> canonical measure dw on 0. Take first<br />

invariant measures dk <strong>and</strong> dr on K <strong>and</strong> r, respectively, such that<br />

da = dk dr holds. Next, take <strong>the</strong> measure dh, which is <strong>the</strong> inverse<br />

image <strong>of</strong> dk through <strong>the</strong> exponential map from H onto K, on H,<br />

<strong>and</strong> forming <strong>the</strong> dual measure de’ <strong>of</strong> uY, determine <strong>the</strong> measure dhl<br />

on HJ-, such that aY” = dh’ dhl holds; here dh’ is dual to dh. Denoting<br />

finally by M <strong>the</strong> measure on A = K/S, which is <strong>the</strong> inverse image <strong>of</strong><br />

dhl through <strong>the</strong> map k -+ p(k-l) 4’; <strong>of</strong> A onto 8; + Hl, <strong>the</strong> canonical<br />

measure on 0 is obtained by transferring to it <strong>the</strong> measure dh dy <strong>of</strong><br />

G/S.<br />

It is easy to verify directly, that <strong>the</strong> result is independent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

factorization da = dk dy with which we started.<br />

THEOREM. Let G be a connected <strong>and</strong> simply connected nilpotent Lie<br />

group with <strong>the</strong> Lie algebra 9. Let da be a Haar measure on G, <strong>and</strong> dr?<br />

a translation-invariant volume element on 3’. We choose an element<br />

e$ in <strong>the</strong> dual 9’ <strong>of</strong> 9, such that <strong>the</strong> corresponding orbit 0 has a positive<br />

dimension. Then <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> K-measure <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> canonical measure<br />

belonging to 0 depends on <strong>the</strong> dimension d <strong>of</strong> 0 only, <strong>and</strong> is given by<br />

(d/2)! #I2 2d divided by <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> da <strong>and</strong> & at <strong>the</strong> neutral element<br />

<strong>of</strong> 3.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. We choose a subalgebra H, subordinated to /i , <strong>and</strong> having<br />

a dimension h = dim 2 - Q dim 0, <strong>of</strong> 2 (cf. [4], p. 159, Remarque<br />

2). We form again B(4’i , f2) = ([/i , t2], Ci) (4, , e2 E g), denote its<br />

radical by R, <strong>and</strong> set r = dim R. Then, if d = 2m, we have<br />

m = n - h = h - r. Let us choose a decreasing sequence <strong>of</strong> subalgebras<br />

2% = 3’ 3 A?,+, 3 2%-Z 3 *** 3 .A?i 3 Z,, = (0), such that<br />

dim g* = j, g,-, = H <strong>and</strong> gnMd = R. We select for each<br />

j = 1, 2,..., n a nonzero element 8j in 3’j - gi-i , <strong>and</strong> we write<br />

gj(t) = exp (tt,). Since <strong>the</strong> system {/r ,4, ,..., &} is a supplementary<br />

basis to <strong>the</strong> trivial subalgebra <strong>of</strong> _Lp, <strong>the</strong> canonical coordinates <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

second kind {tl , t, ,..., tn} in g = g,( tl) gz(t2) *** gJt,J are valid<br />

globally on G, <strong>and</strong> dt, dt, *** dt, defines a Haar measure da for G.<br />

Let us put 4’ = cj”=i y& <strong>and</strong> de = dy, dy, se* dy, . The measure de,<br />

when transferred to G by means <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> exponential map, gives rise to a<br />

Haar measure ([4], p. 90), which, in <strong>the</strong> present case, coincides with<br />

da. In fact, in order to see this it suffices to observe that <strong>the</strong> Jacobian<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> variables {tk}, connected with <strong>the</strong> variables {yj} through<br />

580/1/3-z


272 PUKANSZKY<br />

according to <strong>the</strong> latter has <strong>the</strong> value 1 at <strong>the</strong> origin <strong>of</strong> R”. Observe, that<br />

it is enough to prove <strong>the</strong> above <strong>the</strong>orem for this choice <strong>of</strong> da <strong>and</strong> dt<br />

respectively; in fact, one sees at once from <strong>the</strong> character formula (1)<br />

(cf. Section 1) that, if we change <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> da <strong>and</strong> d/from 1 to c,<br />

<strong>the</strong> canonical measure on each orbit gets multiplied with <strong>the</strong> same<br />

constant. By virtue <strong>of</strong> our choice, <strong>the</strong> system {8r+r ,..., tn,) is a sup-<br />

plementary basis to R. Therefore, putting T = (t,,, , tr+2 ,..., tn) E Rd<br />

<strong>and</strong> g(T) = gr+lPr+l) - g&J, we can conclude, that <strong>the</strong> map<br />

sending T into p([g( T)]-l) tfi , <strong>of</strong> Ra into 0 is a diffeomorphism, <strong>and</strong><br />

that dt = dt,,, dt,,, e.0 dt, defines an invariant measure on 0. To<br />

prove <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>orem it suffices to establish, that if at /i , say, cr dt <strong>and</strong><br />

ca dt correspond to <strong>the</strong> d-forms representing <strong>the</strong> K-measure<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> canonical measure, respectively, on 0, <strong>the</strong>n we have<br />

cl/cz = (d/2)! # 2d. We do this in two steps.<br />

(a) First we compute ce using <strong>the</strong> Remark following Lemma 2.<br />

Using <strong>the</strong> canonical coordinates <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> second kind {ti;j = 1, 2,..., n}<br />

introduced above, we observe, that dk = dt, dt, *** dt, <strong>and</strong><br />

dr = d&+1 *a* dt, are invariant measures on K = exp H <strong>and</strong> on<br />

r = G/K respectively, <strong>and</strong>, in addition, da = dk dy. The measure<br />

dh on H, corresponding to dk, is dh = dy, dy, *** dyh . Let us choose<br />

a basis {ei} satisfying (e, , Cj) = aij (;,j = 1, 2,..., a) in 9’. We write<br />

d’ = ~Yryjr!~ <strong>and</strong> observe, that <strong>the</strong> measures dt!” <strong>and</strong> dh’, which are<br />

dual to dt <strong>and</strong> dh, respectively, on 9’ <strong>and</strong> H’ are given by<br />

a?!‘= (237)~” ay; fly; *-* ay; <strong>and</strong> dh’ = (23~)-~ dy; dy; .** dy; .<br />

Therefore, <strong>the</strong> measure dhl on HJ- satisfying de’ = dh’ dhl is <strong>the</strong> same<br />

as<br />

Let us write now<br />

If<br />

dhL = (24” dy;+, dy;+z ..* dy: .<br />

T = (b+l , t,+z ,..., t,J E Rm <strong>and</strong> W”) = g,+&+d a** g&d<br />

<strong>the</strong>n c2 is <strong>the</strong> same as (2n)-m times <strong>the</strong> value D <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Jacobian <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

variables (y;; j = h + l,..., n) according to <strong>the</strong> variables


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 273<br />

(tj;j = r + l,..., h} at T = 0. Let us denote by a*, <strong>the</strong> partial deriva-<br />

tive <strong>of</strong> y; according to tk at T = 0. Then we have<br />

<strong>and</strong> thus<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

D = det (B(t,.+i , /h+k); i, k = 1,2 ,..., m).<br />

(b) To determine c,, b y virtue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> K-measure<br />

(cf. l), we have to proceed as follows. We consider <strong>the</strong> 2-form<br />

w = C B(lr+d 9 tT+j) dtr+i A &+j<br />

i.j>O<br />

at 8; , <strong>and</strong> form its mth exterior power; <strong>the</strong>n this is <strong>the</strong> same as ci dt.<br />

Thus, for <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> ci , we obtain<br />

m! 2m[det (B(87+i , /,.+j); i, , = 1, 2 ,..., d]l12.<br />

Taking into account, that c!,.+$ lies in H for i = 1,2,..., m, <strong>and</strong> that H,<br />

being subordinated to 8;) is self-orthogonal with respect to B, we<br />

conclude, that B(c!,+{ , l+.+$) = 0 for i, j = 1, 2 ,..., m. Therefore, <strong>the</strong><br />

above determinant has <strong>the</strong> value D2, <strong>and</strong> thus we obtain finally, that<br />

cl/c2 = (2~)~ m! 2” = (d/2) ! #I2 2d, finishing <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>orem.<br />

4, The purpose <strong>of</strong> this concluding section is to obtain, by aid <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

expression <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> canonical measure found in <strong>the</strong> preceding section,<br />

an algorithm for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Plancherel</strong> measure.<br />

In what follows we continue to denote by $4 a non-Abelian nilpotent<br />

Lie algebra <strong>and</strong> by G <strong>the</strong> corresponding connected <strong>and</strong> simplyconnected<br />

group. For an element x in <strong>the</strong> dual 9 <strong>of</strong> 3, we write<br />

B& , /,) = ([/r , &a], x) (8, , l2 E S), <strong>and</strong> denote by R(x) <strong>the</strong> radical<br />

<strong>of</strong> B,.<br />

Let 9 = -E”, 3 Yn-, 3 a** 3 dpO = (0) be a Jordan-Holder sequence<br />

for 9, such that dim ~j = j (j = 0, l,..., n). We write<br />

6pi(x) = ..Yj + R(X) <strong>and</strong> o b serve (cf. <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> Lemma 1) that


274 PUKANSZKY<br />

<strong>the</strong>re exists a well-determined system <strong>of</strong> d = dim O(x) inte-<br />

gers 1 < j, < j, < ..* < j, < n (we assume d > 0), such that<br />

dim Yj(x) = dim Z&x) + 1 if <strong>and</strong> only if j = j, for some<br />

k = 1, 2,..., d; we write f(x) = &}. The purpose <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following<br />

lemma is to prepare <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> Lemma 4, which brings a pro<strong>of</strong>,<br />

adopted to <strong>the</strong> needs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> present context, <strong>of</strong> Theorem, Section 5,<br />

Chap. 1, Part II <strong>of</strong> [4].<br />

LEMMA. 3. There exists a uniquely determined system f <strong>of</strong> integers<br />

between 1 <strong>and</strong> n = dim 9, such that <strong>the</strong> set 0 = {x; f (x) = f > in<br />

2’ is open in <strong>the</strong> Zariski topology.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. For each j = 1, 2 ,..., n let t; be a nonzero element in<br />

e!Zj - LFj-1 a We denote by Mi(x) <strong>the</strong> matrix<br />

{B5(ti , &.); 1 < i < j, k = 1,2 ,..., n}.<br />

Then we have dim R(x) = n - rank A&(x), <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore <strong>the</strong> set<br />

0, - {x; dim R(x) = r} (I = min dim R(x), x E 9’) is open in <strong>the</strong><br />

Zariski topology. Next we observe that, since<br />

writing<br />

<strong>the</strong> set<br />

dim sj(x) = dim R(x) + rank i&(x),<br />

di = sup dim 5$(x) (x E Q<br />

0, = 0, n {x; dim Z&X) = dJ<br />

is open in <strong>the</strong> Zariski topology. Obviously r = d,, < dl < *-- < d, = n;<br />

we denote by f <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> integers 1 < j1 < j, < .** < j, < n, such<br />

that dj = d,-, + 1 if <strong>and</strong> only if j E f. Let US write 8 = (J~-i Oj;<br />

we claim, that putting E = {x; f (x) = f} we have E = 0. In fact,<br />

we observe first, that evidently 0 C E 2 0, . Let p be an element in<br />

E - 0. Then <strong>the</strong>re exists an index j such that dim Z??&J) < dj .<br />

But this is impossible, since [by virtue <strong>of</strong>f Cp) =f] we have<br />

dimS!(p)= 1 1 +r=dj<br />

I&i<br />

Thus 0 = hf(4 =fl is o P en in <strong>the</strong> Zariski topology <strong>and</strong> evidently,<br />

f is uniquely determined by this property.<br />

Remark. 1. We observe that in general 8 is strictly contained in<br />

0, . In fact, let us consider <strong>the</strong> four dimensional nilpotent algebra 9


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 275<br />

defined by a basis {ei; j = 1, 2, 3, 4) with <strong>the</strong> commutation relations<br />

Eee 9 e,l = e2 , [e, , e23 = el , all o<strong>the</strong>r brackets being zero. Then<br />

L$ = {ej ,..., el> (j = 1, 2, 3, 4) is a Jordan-Holder sequence. <strong>On</strong>e<br />

can verify through a simple computation, that in coordinates with<br />

respect to a basis, dual to {e,}, in 9” we have o0 = (x; xi2 + x22 # 0}<br />

but 0 = {x; x1 # O}.<br />

Remark. 2. For an x in 9’ with dim O(X) > 0 let us denote by<br />

TP <strong>the</strong> tangent space, to <strong>the</strong> orbit O(x), at p, <strong>and</strong> let us consider again<br />

<strong>the</strong> non-degenerate 2-form wP defined by<br />

%k%m~ rp,V2)) = &(4 , e2) (P E w4; 4 > 42 E =w<br />

(cf. Section 1). For each element t in TP <strong>the</strong>re exists a unique element<br />

#t in its dual, such that oP(s, t) = (s, #t) for all s in TP . We identify<br />

<strong>the</strong> exterior algebra /l( TP) over TP with that over its dual through #.<br />

Then wP gives rise to a scalar product on II( TP) such that, if<br />

7 s<br />

U=~AhUk <strong>and</strong> v = n AV~ (ok 9 vj E Tp),<br />

k=l j-1<br />

<strong>the</strong> scalar product wP(u, v) is 0 if 7 # s <strong>and</strong> det{wP(Ui, 0,); 1 < i, k < Y}<br />

o<strong>the</strong>rwise. We consider again <strong>the</strong> system f determined in Lemma 3,<br />

<strong>and</strong> for each k = 1, 2,..., d we select a nonzero element ek in<br />

5?j - 9,-i (j = j,). Let us denote by EP <strong>the</strong> d-vector<br />

h 'dek) =%(fi h ek).<br />

k=l k=l<br />

Then <strong>the</strong> function Q(p) defined as c$,!$, , E,) if dim O(p) > 0 <strong>and</strong><br />

zero o<strong>the</strong>rwise is <strong>the</strong> square <strong>of</strong> a p-invariant polynomial function,4<br />

homogeneous <strong>of</strong> degree d/2, on Y, <strong>and</strong> Q(p) = 0 if <strong>and</strong> only if p<br />

lies in 0, where 0 has <strong>the</strong> same meaning as in Lemma 3. In fact, we<br />

observe first, that we have Q(p) = det{([ei , e,], p); 1 < i, j < d) for<br />

all p in 9’ implying that Q(p) is <strong>the</strong> square <strong>of</strong> a homogeneous poly-<br />

nomial function <strong>of</strong> degree d/2. As far as <strong>the</strong> invariance <strong>of</strong> Q(p) is<br />

concerned, by virtue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> invariance <strong>of</strong> wP , it suffices to establish<br />

<strong>the</strong> p-invariance <strong>of</strong> EP . We observe first that, if 4 = p(a) p, we have<br />

R(q) = u(a) R(p) <strong>and</strong> thus<br />

44 -%I4 = 4-4 (=% + XP)) = 3 + w = -%I)1<br />

’ The p invariance <strong>of</strong> Q will not be used in <strong>the</strong> sequel.


276 PUKANSZKY<br />

which implies at once that f(p(a) p) =f(p). Hence, in particular,<br />

0 is invariant under p. Therefore it is enough to show, that<br />

E4 = dp(a) IP Ep if q = p(a) p on p E 0. But since<br />

for all G in 9 (cf. Section l), it suffices to verify, that vq maps<br />

n$=, A ek <strong>and</strong> n$=, A ~(a) ek onto <strong>the</strong> same element in Ad(Tq). We<br />

have o(a) ek - ek E q C q(q) ( j = j, - l), <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore to obtain<br />

<strong>the</strong> desired conclusion it suffices to note, that by virtue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> choice<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> system (e3, e, E q(q) - q-,(q) (j = ji , i = 1, 2 ,..., d), <strong>and</strong><br />

thus q-I is spanned by R(q) <strong>and</strong> {e,; 1 < i < k - l}. Since <strong>the</strong><br />

vectors {ek) are independent mod R(p) if p E 0, we have in this case<br />

Q(p) # 0. <strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong>, if p lies outside <strong>the</strong> set<br />

8, = {p; dim O(p) = d},<br />

<strong>the</strong>n clearly Q(p) = 0. H ence, to finish <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> statement<br />

made above, it is enough to show that we have Q(p) = 0 for all p<br />

in 0, - 0. With <strong>the</strong> notations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> previous lemma, let j be <strong>the</strong><br />

smallest integer, for which dim .A@) < di . Then evidently j = j,<br />

for some k = 1, 2,..., d <strong>and</strong> -Y&(q) = q(q) (j = jk), <strong>and</strong> thus <strong>the</strong><br />

system {ei; 1 < i < k} is dependent modulo R(p), implying Q(p) = 0.<br />

Q.E.D.<br />

LEMMA. 4. Let 9 be a non-Abeliun nilpotent Lie algebra,<br />

9n = 3’ 3 ,EpW1 3 **a 3 .ZYO = (0) a Jordan-Holder sequence in 9<br />

(dim 4 = jfor j = 0, 1, 2 ,... n) <strong>and</strong> {ej’; j = 1, 2 ,..., n} a basis in 3”<br />

such that ej, is in q*, - 9j1. Then <strong>the</strong>re exists a nonconstant p-invariant<br />

polynomial function Q(x) on Y, a positive integer d, d indices<br />

0


PLANCHEREL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 277<br />

B,(ej , h(x)) = 8, . Let us write again, as in Remark 2 above,<br />

Q(x) = det (R& , e.)}; 3 <strong>the</strong>n for any el in .A?‘, Q(X) (f(x), el) is <strong>the</strong><br />

restriction <strong>of</strong> a polynomial function in x to 0. To obtain Lemma 4,<br />

it suffices to repeat <strong>the</strong> reasoning <strong>of</strong> Lemma 1 for each x in 0, replacing<br />

{fi} in <strong>the</strong> lemma with {fi(x)} as determined above. Then<br />

Q(x) = det VW+ , e.)} 3 will satisfy <strong>the</strong> requirements since, by virtue<br />

<strong>of</strong> Remark 2, we have x E 0 if <strong>and</strong> only if Q(x) f 0. Q.E.D.<br />

Remark. 3. Let us denote by K <strong>the</strong> complement <strong>of</strong>f in <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong><br />

all integers between 1 <strong>and</strong> n. Then for any fixed z <strong>and</strong> k in K, Pk(z, x)<br />

is <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form xk + Qk(xl, x2 ,..., x& (Qi = const.), where<br />

xi = (li , x) (i = 1, 2 )..., n). In fact, let us denote by n <strong>the</strong> canonical<br />

projection <strong>of</strong> 9 onto 9i = -E”‘/5?$. Writing 0(+x)) for <strong>the</strong> orbit<br />

<strong>of</strong> n(x) under rr o p, we have O(n(x)) = rr(O(x)). In order to be able<br />

to conclude, that Pk(z, x) depends only on <strong>the</strong> class <strong>of</strong> x modulo<br />

.9’;, it suffices to take into account <strong>the</strong> following easily verifiable<br />

fact. Let T be a unipotent representation <strong>of</strong> G on a real vector space V<br />

<strong>of</strong> dimension n [T is said to be unipotent if &(e) is nilpotent for all e<br />

in 91. Suppose, that V = V, 1 V,-, 3 a** 1 V, = (0) is a Jordan-<br />

Holder sequence with respect to T, <strong>and</strong> let us choose a basis {Us> in V<br />

such that vj E Vj - V,+, (j = 1, 2,..., n). Then a parametrization,<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type as described in Lemma I with {vi} instead <strong>of</strong> {&}, <strong>of</strong> any<br />

orbit <strong>of</strong> 7 is uniquely determined. Finally we observe that, since<br />

r(&) is invariant under 7r o p, we have, for any real a,<br />

40(x + 4)) = 0(4x)) + a&>,<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore also Pk(z, x + a&) = Pk(z, X) + a, finishing <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> our statement.<br />

Remark. 4. Let us write X,(x) = Pk(O, X) (k E K); <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong><br />

system {A,(x)} so obtained is functionally independent by virtue <strong>of</strong><br />

Remark 3. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, it generates <strong>the</strong> field <strong>of</strong> all rational invariants<br />

<strong>of</strong> p. To see this, we observe first, that any rational invariant is <strong>the</strong><br />

quotient <strong>of</strong> two invariant polynomial functions (cf. [4], p. 61). Let<br />

P(x) be such a polynomial function, <strong>and</strong> let Q(+) (x, = (8, , x), k E K)<br />

be its restriction to <strong>the</strong> hyperplane (x; (4 , x) = 0,j ef }. Then we<br />

have evidently P(x) E Q(hk(x)) for all X.<br />

Before passing to <strong>the</strong> description <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Plancherel</strong> measure, we<br />

make several preliminary observations. Let p be an element <strong>of</strong> 0;<br />

we continue to identify <strong>the</strong> tangent space T, , to O(p) at p, with its


278 PUKANSZKY<br />

dual through wz, , as this was done in Remark 2. We denote by L <strong>the</strong><br />

identity map from O(p) into 0. Identifying <strong>the</strong> tangent space to <strong>the</strong><br />

open submanifold 0 <strong>of</strong> $P’, at p with Y, <strong>the</strong> differential dL (at p) <strong>of</strong> L<br />

maps Tp into 9’ <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> transposed map, &, coincides with - ?D .<br />

In fact, we have, for all tin 9, dcy#) = - (a&)‘p, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore<br />

4v,(k), W)) = (4 dv,,(k)) = - (4 Wk)’ P) = - ([k 4, P)<br />

= - 4dk)s vk9> (k E 3).<br />

Let us consider again <strong>the</strong> system {e,; K = 1, 2,..., d} <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> function<br />

Q,(p) determined in Remark 2. We denote by (Q(p))1/2 a polynomial<br />

function on S’, <strong>of</strong> which Q(p) is <strong>the</strong> square, <strong>and</strong> with which, putting<br />

vp = m! 2”(Q&~))-l/~ nd- k-l A ek (2~2 = d), we have Sb(qJ = up”<br />

(p E 0). For each p, qp is uniquely determined by this property<br />

modulo <strong>the</strong> ideal generated in A(Y) by R(p).<br />

Next we consider <strong>the</strong> quotient space A = 8/p. We identify it<br />

by means <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> system {AL(x); k E K} <strong>of</strong> Remark 4 with <strong>the</strong> (Zariski)<br />

open set, which is <strong>the</strong> image <strong>of</strong> 0 in Rd. Thus, in particular, A gets<br />

equipped with <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> a differentiable manifold <strong>of</strong> dimension<br />

r = n - d. Let 71 be <strong>the</strong> canonical map from 0 onto A. If p is a point<br />

<strong>of</strong>@, t(p) <strong>the</strong> tangent space <strong>of</strong> A at n(p), <strong>and</strong> Tztpj its dual, we have<br />

&r(T&,) = R(p) <strong>and</strong><br />

Let e’ be a nonzero element in A”($“); we denote by ti<strong>the</strong> correspond-<br />

ing volume element on 9. We choose a Haar measure da on G, such<br />

that <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> da <strong>and</strong> dJ at 0 should be 1. For h in A we denote by<br />

OA , T’“) <strong>and</strong> dvA <strong>the</strong> corresponding orbit, irreducible representation<br />

<strong>and</strong> canonical measure, respectively. Concerning dvA , it is understood,<br />

that it corresponds to <strong>the</strong> choice, just made, <strong>of</strong> d/<strong>and</strong> da (cf. Section 1).<br />

Thus we have, according to (1) in Section 1, for all function F, which<br />

is C” <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> compact support, on G:<br />

Tr (T$ = ~,,$5(&“) dv,<br />

To determine <strong>the</strong> <strong>Plancherel</strong> measure means to find a positive measure<br />

dp on A, such that<br />

Let e be such in Am(Y), that (e, e’) = (277)-n according to <strong>the</strong> duality


PLANCHERRL FORMULA OF NILPOTENT GROUPS 279<br />

between A”(9) <strong>and</strong> A”(Y). Then <strong>the</strong> volume element de’, corre-<br />

sponding to e on Y, will be dual to &in <strong>the</strong> sense, that<br />

holds. We recall, that according to <strong>the</strong> Theorem <strong>of</strong> Section 3, <strong>the</strong><br />

ratio on any OA (A E A) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> K-measure <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> canonical measure,<br />

for <strong>the</strong> normalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> latter as above, equals to (d/2)! ~4~ * 2d.<br />

Let us put E = n$=i A ek <strong>and</strong> observe, that for each p in 0 <strong>the</strong>re<br />

exists a well-determined element cp in Ar(R(p)), such that<br />

(Q(p))ll” (2~‘)~/~ e = g A E. With respect to any basis in /I’(9), E?, ,<br />

multiplied with (Q(p)) r - lj2, will have polynomial coefficients. Fur<strong>the</strong>r-<br />

more, cp is invariant (that is l q = u(u) l r, if q = p(a) p), since for any a<br />

in G u(a) R(p) = R@(Q) p), u(a) E = E modulo <strong>the</strong> ideal generated<br />

by R(p(a)p) in A(9) (cf. R emark 2), <strong>and</strong> det ~(a) = 1. By virtue <strong>of</strong><br />

Lemma 4 <strong>and</strong> Remark 4 0 is diffeomorphic to A x Rd. Therefore to<br />

obtain dp it sufices to take <strong>the</strong> positive measure which corresponds to <strong>the</strong><br />

r-form 6 satisfying &~(a) = 4, on A.<br />

Remark. 5. In terms <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> parameters {Ak; k E K) (cf. Remark 4)<br />

8 has <strong>the</strong> form R(h) (nksK A dh,), where R is a rational function, as it<br />

can easily be seen by what preceeds. It is in this form that <strong>the</strong> Planche-<br />

rel <strong>the</strong>orem for nilpotent groups is stated in [q, Part II, Chap. III,<br />

Section 6.<br />

We sum up <strong>the</strong> result in <strong>the</strong> following<br />

PROPOSITION 3. Let G be a connected <strong>and</strong> simply connected nilpotent<br />

Lie group <strong>of</strong> dimension n, with <strong>the</strong> Lie algebra 9. We denote by d <strong>the</strong><br />

7,ximum <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> dimension <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> orbits <strong>of</strong> p(a) = (Ad(a-l))‘, (a E G) in<br />

<strong>and</strong> assume, that d > 0. Then we can select d elements<br />

{e,; k = 1, 2,..., d} in<br />

Q(x) = det {([e, , e] 5 , x);l<br />

9 in<br />


280 PUKANSZKY<br />

ACKNOWLEDGMENT<br />

The author is indebted to B. Kostant for stimulating conversations on <strong>the</strong> subject.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

1. CARTIER, P., Seminaire Sophus Lie, Paris, 1955.<br />

2. HARM-I-CHANDRA, Differential operators on a semisimple Lie algebra. Am. 1.<br />

Math. 79 (1957), 87-120.<br />

3 KIRILLOV, A. A., Unitary representations <strong>of</strong> nilpotent groups. usp. Mat. Nauk 17<br />

(1962), 57-110.<br />

4 PUKANSZKY, L., “Le9ons sur les representations des groupes.” Dunod, Paris, 1967.


JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 1, 281-289 (1967)<br />

Sur les Vecteurs SCparateurs des Alg5bres<br />

de von Neumann<br />

MICHEL BROISE<br />

C.N.R.S., Paris<br />

Communicated by J. Dixmier<br />

Received April 17, 1967<br />

Le but de cet article est la demonstration du <strong>the</strong>oreme 1 et des<br />

diverses propositions qui s’y rattachent.<br />

THBORBME 1. Soient J%’ et %” deux algbbres de Von Neumann dans<br />

un espace de Hilbert H. <strong>On</strong> suppose que 27 est commutative de genre<br />

dhombrable et que tout vecteur skparateur de .Z est vecteur skparateur<br />

de sk’ et inversement. Alors sl = 3.<br />

Ce probleme m’a CtC pose, pour &’ et 3’ commutatives et maximales,<br />

par J. M. Jauch et B. Misra. J’ai d’abord etabli le thCor&me 1 dans<br />

ce cas. B. Misra m’a fait remarquer que le <strong>the</strong>oreme restait vrai<br />

pour & et B commutatives quelconques (son argument est signal6<br />

dans la demonstration du <strong>the</strong>oreme 1, il est aussi utilise dans la<br />

demonstration de la proposition 1). J’ai enfin Ctabli le <strong>the</strong>oreme 1 en<br />

general. Un resume est paru dans les Comptes Rendus de 1’AcadCmie<br />

des Sciences de Paris.<br />

NOTATIONS ET RAPPELS DIVERS<br />

Soient d une algebre de Van Neumann dans un espace de Hilbert<br />

H, p et q deux projecteurs de &, x un Clement de ~2, .$ et r] des<br />

elements de H et tn et n deux sous-ensembles de H.<br />

<strong>On</strong> note x(H) le sous espace vectoriel form6 par les x(t), lorsque .$<br />

parcourt H et x(H) l’adherence dans H de x(H).<br />

Si m et tt sont des sous-espaces vectoriels, on note m v n le sous-<br />

espace vectoriel engendre par m et n. De m&me, on note p v q le<br />

projecteur (hermitien) sur le sous-espace p(H) v q(H); c’est le plus<br />

petit projecteur de & majorant p et q. <strong>On</strong> note E(&‘, 5) le projecteur<br />

sur le sous-espace vectoriel ferme de H engendre par les vecteurs<br />

281


282 BROISB<br />

x’(t), lorsque x’ parcourt J$. Alors E(H, 5) est le plus petit des<br />

projecteurs p de JF/ tel que p(f) = e. De meme, on note E(&‘, m)<br />

le plus petit des projecteurs p de .&’ tel que p(v) = r) pour tout 77 E m.<br />

Remarquons que E(&‘, x(H)) est le support de x*; en particulier on<br />

a E(&‘, p(H)) = p. 11 est clair que E(&‘, m U n) = E(d’, m) v E(&, n).<br />

Pour que m soit separateur pour &, il faut et il suffit que E(&‘, m) = 1<br />

(Cf. [l], p. 6). P our qu’une algebre de Van Neumann commutative ait<br />

un Clement separateur il faut et il suffit qu’elle soit de genre denom-<br />

brable (Cf. [l], p. 20).<br />

LEMME 1. Soient JZ?’ une a&&e de Von Neumann, p et q deux<br />

projecteurs de &. Les conditions suivantes sont kquivalentes:<br />

(i) 4 GP.<br />

(ii) PVC1 -(PV!l)) = 1.<br />

Dtmonstration. (i) G- (ii) est evident<br />

(ii) * (i). Les projecteurs p et 1 - (p v q) sont orthogonaux, done<br />

la condition p v (1 - (p v q)) = 1 entraine 1 - (p v q) = 1 - p. 11<br />

en resulte p v q = p; d’ou q < p.<br />

PROPOSITION 1. Soient &I et JX?~ deux alg&res de Von Neumann duns<br />

un espace de Hilbert H. <strong>On</strong> suppose que tout sous-ensemble de H skparateur<br />

pour 541 est skparateur pour dz et inversement. Alors &I = J&‘II ,<br />

De’monstration. Soient m un sous ensemble de H et v un Clement<br />

de H tel que E(&i, r)) < E(&‘;, m). Posons p, = E(d;, m),<br />

q2 = E(di , 7) et r2 = p, v (1 - (pa v qJ). 11 est bien clair que<br />

q2vr2 = 1. Done<br />

E(d; ,T u r,(H)) = E(di, 7) v EC&L, r,(W) = 1.<br />

Ainsi 7 u r,(H) est un sous-ensemble separateur pour 5;42 .I1 en resulte<br />

Comme on a<br />

il vient<br />

E(dol; , r] u r,JH)) = 1.<br />

1 = E(&l, r]) v E(d; , r,(H)) < E(d;, m) v E(d;, r,(H)).<br />

E&d;, m u r,(H)) = 1 done E(d; , m u r,(H)) = 1.<br />

<strong>On</strong> en deduit r2 = p, v r, = 1. Compte tenu du lemme 1, il vient<br />

q2 < p2 0~ Q4 ,rl) d Q4 p 4.


VECTEURS SePARATEURs DES ALGhBRES DE VON NEUMANN 283<br />

La fin de la demonstration est due a B. Misra. Comme les conditions<br />

7 E E(&“, m) ou E(&‘, 7) < E(&‘, m) sont Cquivalentes (pour<br />

toute algebre de Von Neumann A#’ C 5?(H)) il en resulte E(J.T?‘~ , m) <<br />

E(cc4; , m). <strong>On</strong> montrerait de meme que E(.zZ; , m) ,< E(&; , m).<br />

Done E(&i, m) = E(&; , m). Comme tout projecteurp d’une algebre<br />

de Von Neumann & C 9(H)<br />

&I et de &a coincident.<br />

est Cgal a E(&‘, p(H)) les projecteurs de<br />

LEMME 2. Soient J@’ une algBbre de Von Neumann dans un espace<br />

de Hilbert H, g une sous-algdbre de Von Neumann de &‘, x un &me&<br />

de LX?, 5 un vecteur skparateur pour LZ?‘. Alors<br />

(i) Jw’, x(5)) = E(a’, x(H)).<br />

(ii) E&f’, x(5)) = E(==f’, x(q).<br />

Df?monstration. (i). <strong>On</strong> a E(B”, x(H)) x(5) = x( [), done<br />

E(g’, x(H)) 2 E(g’, 45)). C omme E(9’, x( 5)) x(5) = x(5) et que 5<br />

est un vecteur separateur pour d on a E(#, x(5)) x = x. 11 en<br />

resulte E(4?‘, x(C)) > E(W, x(H)). Done E(9, x(c)) = E(9’, x(H)).<br />

(ii). <strong>On</strong> se ram&e au cas precedent, en prenant g = ~2.<br />

PROPOSITION 2. Soient ~9 une a@bre de Von Neumann dans un<br />

espace de Hilbert H, ~3~ et ~3~ deux sous-algdbres de Von Neumann de ~2.<br />

<strong>On</strong> suppose que tout vecteur skpayateur de k& est vecteur skparateur de L%‘;z<br />

et inversement, et que ST? possLde un vecteur skparateur. Alors 3f1 = az .<br />

Dkmonstration. Soit p, un projecteur de 3Yi . Posons qI = 1 - p, ,<br />

pz = E(% , p,(H)), q2 = (% , q,(H)) et y = p, + (1 - p2). 11 est<br />

clair que r est un projecteur de J&’ et que E(ai , r(H)) = 1. Comme {<br />

est un vecteur separateur pour ~2, le lemme 2(z) nous donne<br />

E(g; , r(5)) = 1. d one E(99’; , r(c) = 1.11 en resulte<br />

1 = -JW; , (P, + 1 -P,)(O) G EW; 9 P,(O) v E@; j(1 - P&N<br />

= P, ” -fw; 9 (1 - P,KN.<br />

Comme 1 -p, < 1 -pi et que 1 -p, ~37~) on a E(58’; , (1 -p2)([) <<br />

1 -P1. 11 en r&ulte E(&?i , (1 - p,)(c) = 1 - p, et de m&me<br />

E(a’; , (1 - q&C) = 1 - q1 = p, . Les projecteurs 1 - p, at 1 - q2<br />

sont orthogonaux. 11 est done clair que<br />

EW; 3 (1 - P,)(W) < EW; , (1 - p2 + 1 - #W,


284 BROISE<br />

et par suite que W’; , (1 - PdH)) v WC , (1 - MU <<br />

E(9’; , (1 - p, + 1 - q,)(H)). En appliquant 3 fois le lemme 2(i),<br />

il en resulte<br />

1 = E(g; , (1 -p, )(t;)) v E(9; , (1 - 4&J) = -w; > (1 -P, + 1 - Q(0)<br />

Done<br />

1 = E@q, (1 -P, + 1 - Q&N-<br />

Le lemme 2(i) entraine alors 1 = E(9’;: , (1 - p, + 1 - Q&H)) =<br />

I-pp,+l--q,. Commeona l-pp,


VECTEURS SfiPARATEURS DES ALGkBRES DE VON NEUMANN 285<br />

famille de projecteur orthogonaux. L’algebre de Von Neumann 3’<br />

&ant suppoke de genre denombrable, il existe un nombre reel A,<br />

tel que p,, = 0 c’est a dire tel que E(%“‘, 5 + h,~) = 1.<br />

LEMME 5. Soient &’ et 9’ deux algkbres de Von Neumann duns un<br />

espace de Hilbert H, 5 un vecteur skparateur de 3, 5 et 7 des e’lt+ments de<br />

H tels que<br />

W”, 4 < E(z”‘, I).<br />

<strong>On</strong> suppose que 9’ est commutative et que tout vecteur skparateur de &’<br />

est vecteur skparateur de 3 et inversement. De plus on suppose que pour<br />

tout projecteur r de ,clz, il existe un scalaire X tel que<br />

Alors<br />

EC@“, rl + WI) = Et&‘, 4 v EW’, r(5)).<br />

El&‘, rl) < E&f’, 5).<br />

De’monstration. Posons p = E(&‘, t) et q = E(&‘, r]). Con-<br />

siderons le projecteur r = p v (1 - (p v q), d’aprb le lemme 2(ii),<br />

on a r = I?(&‘, r(c)). C omme on a q v r = 1, d’aprb I’hypo<strong>the</strong>se<br />

il existe un scalaire h tel que E(&“, n + h(c)) = 1, done<br />

Et%“‘, rl + W’)) = 1.<br />

Si I’on suppose E(A?‘, 7) < E(%O’, 0, il en resulte<br />

1 = E(T’, 7) v E(LY, r(5)) = E(%“‘, t) v I??(%“‘, r(5)).<br />

Le lemme 4 entraine alors l’existence d’un nombre reel A’ tel que<br />

E(2’, 5 + A’@)) = 1, d one tel que E(&‘, 4 + h’r(.


286 BROISE<br />

Le lemme 5 entraine alors l’implication<br />

EW’, p(t)) < -qb’, 5) * E&f’, P(O) < Et&‘, I).<br />

Soit r] un vecteur de H. D’apr&s le lemme 4 il existe un scalaire I\,<br />

tel que<br />

Jw’, 7) v EW’, r(5)) = JYJ’, 7 + WN,<br />

done tel que<br />

W’s +3) d EW’, 7 + W5)).<br />

D’aprb l’implication qui prC&de, il en rbsulte<br />

Le lemme 3 entraine alors<br />

EC&‘, 45)) < EW’, 7 + b(5)).<br />

EC&‘, f(5)) v EW’, 7) = -J-q&‘, 7 + W)).<br />

Du lemme 5 rkulte l’implication<br />

-W’, 7) < E(z’, (5) z-e- EC@“, q) < Et&‘, 8).<br />

La fin de la dkmonstration est due a B. Misra. Les conditions<br />

7) E I!?(&‘, f)(H) et E(.#, 7) < E(&‘, 4) &ant Cquivalentes, on en<br />

dCduit E(ZZ”, 5) < E(&‘, 6) p our tout 5 E H. En particulier, compte<br />

tenu du lemme 2(ii) pour tout projecteur p de nous dCduisons<br />

et<br />

EW’, 2%)) < Et&‘, PCJ) = P<br />

-qb’, (1 -P)(5)> < E(@,‘l’, (1 - p)(O) = 1 -P.<br />

Comme 5 est sbparateur pour 9, on a<br />

E(%“‘, P(5)) v -qb’, (1 -P)(5)) = 1<br />

et par suite E(9”, p(c)) = p. A insi les projecteurs de & appartiennent<br />

B 9’. Done &’ C 9’. JZ? &ant commutative, en permutant les r8les de<br />

&’ et de 9’ on dCduirait de m&me 9’ C J&‘. Done %” = &’ (notons<br />

d’ailleurs que la proposition 2 entraine JJZ = d d&s que l’on sait que<br />

dcq.<br />

COROLLAIRE. Soient 2 un espace localement compact ci base &nombrable,<br />

v une mesure positive SW 2, L2(Z, v) l’ensemble des classes de<br />

fonctions SW Z de car& v-sommable et L”(Z, v) l’ensemble des classes de<br />

fonctions SW 2, mesurables et essentiellement bornkes pour v. De m&e<br />

soient 2, , v1 , L2(ZI , vl), et L”(Z, , v 1 ). Soit 4 une application Zinkaire<br />

bijective et isomdtrique de L2(Z, v) sur L2(2, , vl). <strong>On</strong> suppose que<br />

pour 5 E&z, v).


VECTEURS SltPARATEURS DES ALGhBRBS DE VON NEUMANN 287<br />

Alors il existe un ensemble v-nkgligeable N dans Z, un ensemble vlnkgligeable<br />

NI dans Z, et une bijection 0 de Z - N SW Z, - NI , telle<br />

que les mesures v1 et ecv) ( res p v et &l(vJ) soient &uivalentes. I1 existe<br />

une fonction v,-mesurable p, sur Z, telle que<br />

%x1> = P,(L) 5uw-lN<br />

pour toute function 6 de L2(Z, v) et pour presque tout Kd = fP’Kd<br />

pour [r E Z, - N1 et telle que les mesures e(v) et v,(resp. v et F(v,))<br />

soient Cquivalentes. Done il existe une fonction rr positive v,-mesurable<br />

sur Z, telle que 0 < r,(&) < co pour & E Z, et telle que ecv) = rlvl .<br />

Soient f un Clement de L”(Z, v), .$ et 7 deux elements de L2(Z, v).<br />

D’une part on a<br />

@“At), 4 = jzf 671 dv = j, -N ( f 0 e-W 0 @-Wj 0 s-l) d ‘W<br />

1 1<br />

= q f )(d 0 e-l)(;i 0 e-1) de(v).<br />

4-N I<br />

D’autre part comme % est une application isometrique, on a<br />

=<br />

I @( f ) @‘(5) WI) dvl.<br />

=1<br />

La fonction G(f) &ant arbritraire dans L”(Z, , vr), il en resulte<br />

(8 0 e-l)(ij 0 e-1) rl = 4?(f) a(~) dans Ll(Z, , vI).<br />

5W1/3-3


288 BROISE<br />

Choisissons v tel que G?(q) soit un vecteur separateur pour 3F’i .<br />

11 est clair que @(‘I) peut se mettre sous la forme<br />

4(~) = (7 0 ~-1)(~1)1/2 eisl<br />

ou s1 est une fonction reelle v,-mesurable sur 2, . <strong>On</strong> a done<br />

d’oh<br />

(6 0 F)(ij 0 0-l) rl = U(Q(ij 0 &l)(~l)l/z e-Q,.<br />

(6 0 &1)(r1)1/2 eisl. = a([).<br />

Ainsi il existe une fonction vi-mesurable p, sur 2, telle que<br />

wEN(51) = Plbl) WYL))<br />

pour tout 6 EL2(Z, v) et pour presque tout {i E 2, - N1 .<br />

Remarque 1. <strong>On</strong> pourrait penser que si LT’i et si 3a sont deux<br />

algebres de Von Neumann commutatives de genre denombrable et<br />

si tout vecteur separateur de .3i est vecteur separateur de 8,) alors<br />

q2; , ‘5) < -WC 9 4 P our tout 5.11 n’en est rien. Prenons pour %oi<br />

l’algebre commutative maximale engendree par les projecteurs<br />

pour d, l’algebre engendree par les projecteurs<br />

11 est clair que tout sous-ensemble separateur pour Z1 est un ensemble<br />

separateur pour ~%‘a . Mais on a<br />

Remarque 2. Soit .z&’ une algebre de Von Neumann finie st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

et de genre dtnombrable. D’apres [I] (chap. III, 5 1, 5, Cor. du


VECTEURS SiPARATEURS DES ALGBBRES DE VON NEUMANN 289<br />

thtor. 5) & et JZ” ont memes vecteurs separateurs. Le <strong>the</strong>oreme 1 ne<br />

s’ttend done pas en gCnCral au cas non commutatif.<br />

PROPOSITION 3. Soit zz? une ai@bre de Van Neumann dans un espace<br />

de Hilbert H, ayant un vecteur skparateur. Les conditions suivantes sont<br />

kquivalentes.<br />

(i) ~4 est commutative.<br />

(ii) pour tous vecteurs f et 7 de H, il existe un scalaire A, tel que<br />

E(d’, 5) v &d’, rl) = El&‘, 6 + w.<br />

(iii) pour tous x et y E &, il existe un scalaire A, tel que<br />

- -<br />

x(H) v y(H) C (x + AY) H.<br />

Dtmonstration. (i) z= (ii) est la consequence du lemme 4.<br />

(ii) * (iii). Supposons la condition (ii) remplie. Soient x, y E &. 11<br />

existe un scalaire h tel que<br />

E(d’, x(5)) v -qd’, Y(5)) = E(d’, (x + hY@))<br />

Le lemme 2(ii) entraine alors<br />

EC@“, x(H)) v EW’, y(W) = JW”, (x + ~YW)),<br />

c’est a dire (iii).<br />

(iii) * (i). Si Lc4 n’est pas commutative, il existe une sous *-algebre<br />

66’ de CQI qui est un facteur de type I, (Cf. par exemple la fin de la<br />

demonstration du Cor. 3, Chap. III, $ 1, p. 230 de [I]). Si G? satisfait<br />

a (iii), B satisfait a (iii). Mais (iii) ne depend que du type algebrique de<br />

l’algebre de Von Neumann envisagee. Done l’algebre Ys(C) des<br />

matrices complexes a 2 lignes et 2 colonnes satisfait a (iii) ce qui est<br />

absurde, comme on le voit en considerant dans -P&C) deux elements<br />

de rang 1 qui ont mCme noyau mais pas mCme image.<br />

BIBLIOGRAPHIE<br />

1. DIXMIFX, J., “Les Algkbres d’Optrateurs dans 1’Espace Hilbertien.” Gauthier-<br />

Villars, Paris, 1957.


JOURNAL OFFUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 1, 290-330 (1967)<br />

The Sizes <strong>of</strong> Compact Subsets <strong>of</strong> Hilbert Space<br />

<strong>and</strong> Continuity <strong>of</strong> Gaussian Processes<br />

R. M. DUDLEY*<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Ma<strong>the</strong>matics, Massachusetts Institute <strong>of</strong> Technology,<br />

Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139<br />

Communicated by Irving E. Segal<br />

Received April 18, 1967<br />

1. THE SIZES OF COMPACT SETS<br />

The first two sections <strong>of</strong> this paper are introductory <strong>and</strong> correspond<br />

to <strong>the</strong> two halves <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> title.<br />

As is well known, <strong>the</strong>re is no complete analog <strong>of</strong> Lebesgue or Haar<br />

measure in an infinite-dimensional Hilbert space H, but <strong>the</strong>re is a need<br />

for some measure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sizes <strong>of</strong> subsets <strong>of</strong> H. In this paper we shall<br />

study subsets C <strong>of</strong> H which are closed, bounded, convex <strong>and</strong> symme-<br />

tric (- x E C if x E C). Such a set C will be called a Banach ball,<br />

since it is <strong>the</strong> unit ball <strong>of</strong> a complete Banach norm on its linear span.<br />

In most cases in this paper C will be compact.<br />

We use three main measures <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> C. <strong>On</strong>e is as follows.<br />

Let V, = V,(C) be <strong>the</strong> supremum <strong>of</strong> (n-dimensional Lebesgue)<br />

volumes <strong>of</strong> projections P,(C) where P, is any orthogonal projection<br />

with n-dimensional range. Then we define <strong>the</strong> exponent <strong>of</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> C,<br />

J-V), by<br />

1% vn<br />

EV(C) = lim sup ~.<br />

n+cc nlogn<br />

Ano<strong>the</strong>r numerical measure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> C involves <strong>the</strong> notion<br />

<strong>of</strong> E-entropy [12]. Let (S, d) b e a metric space. The diameter <strong>of</strong> a set<br />

T C S is defined as<br />

sup (4% r) : x, y E T).<br />

Given E > 0, one defines N(S, E) as <strong>the</strong> minimal number <strong>of</strong> sets <strong>of</strong><br />

diameter at most 2~ which cover S. Then <strong>the</strong> r-entropy <strong>of</strong> S, H(S, E),<br />

* Fellow <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Alfred P. Sloan Foundation.<br />

290


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 291<br />

is defined as log N(S, E). (The logarithm is taken to <strong>the</strong> base e.<br />

The ideas <strong>of</strong> information <strong>the</strong>ory <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>rmodynamics play no explicit<br />

role in this paper.) Finally, we define <strong>the</strong> exponent <strong>of</strong> entropy r by<br />

(In case <strong>the</strong> lim sup is equal to a limit, r has been called <strong>the</strong> metric<br />

or&v <strong>of</strong> S-see [12], p. 22.)<br />

We prove below (Proposition 5.8) that if EV(C) > - l/2, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

r(C) = + co, while if H’(C) < - l/2, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

r(C) >, -<br />

2<br />

1 + 2EV(C) *<br />

If <strong>the</strong> above inequality becomes an equality C will be called volumetric.<br />

In Section 6 we prove that ellipsoids, rectangular solids, certain<br />

“full approximation sets”, <strong>and</strong>, if Ev(C) < - 1, octahedra, are<br />

volumetric. The question is left open for - 1 < Ev(C) < - l/2,<br />

but I conjecture (5.9) only that a Banach ball C with Ev(C) < - 1<br />

is volumetric.<br />

Our third general measure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> a Banach ball C involves<br />

<strong>the</strong> canonical “normal distribution” L on H ([I8], pp. 116-119;<br />

[9]). L is a linear mapping <strong>of</strong> H into a set <strong>of</strong> Gaussian r<strong>and</strong>om variables<br />

with mean 0, which preserves inner products. Let A be a countable<br />

dense subset <strong>of</strong> C <strong>and</strong><br />

L(C) = sup {] L(X) 1 : X E A}.<br />

Then E(C) is a well-defined functionoid; i.e., a different choice <strong>of</strong><br />

A will affect E(C) only on a set <strong>of</strong> zero probability.<br />

For any K > 0, r(K) = r(C) <strong>and</strong> EV(KC) = EV(C), but <strong>the</strong> ran-<br />

dom variable L(C) d oes not have this homo<strong>the</strong>tic invariance. We call C<br />

a G&set if E(C) is finite with probability one. This property is<br />

homo<strong>the</strong>tically invariant, <strong>and</strong> for o<strong>the</strong>r reasons which will become<br />

clearer in <strong>the</strong> next section, we study mainly <strong>the</strong> GB-property ra<strong>the</strong>r<br />

than <strong>the</strong> entire r<strong>and</strong>om variable z(C). To relate this property to T<br />

<strong>and</strong> Ev we have <strong>the</strong> following main results: if r(C) < 2 <strong>the</strong>n C is a<br />

GB-set (V. Strassen (unpublished) <strong>and</strong> Corollary 3.2 below). If<br />

r(C) = 2, C need not be a GB-set (Section 6) <strong>and</strong> I conjecture (3.3)<br />

that if Y(C) > 2 it never is. If Ev(C) > - 1, C is not a GB-set<br />

(Theorem 5.3); I conjecture (5.4) that C is a GB-set if EV(C) < - 1,<br />

<strong>and</strong> prove this for Ev(C) < - 3/2 (Proposition 5.5). The conjectures<br />

are proved in all four classes <strong>of</strong> special cases considered in Section 6.


292 DUDLEY<br />

However, at r = 2 <strong>and</strong> EV = - 1 <strong>the</strong>re is some “overlap” <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> GB-property is not a monotone function <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> H(S, c) as E JO<br />

nor <strong>of</strong> V, as n -+ co (Proposition 6.10).<br />

2. CONTINUITY OF GAUSSIAN PROCESSES<br />

We shall study sample function continuity <strong>and</strong> boundedness <strong>of</strong><br />

Gaussian processes from a general viewpoint. Let (S, d) be a metric<br />

space <strong>and</strong> let (X t , t E S) be a real-valued Gaussian stochastic process<br />

over S (for definitions see, e.g., IS], p. 72). Then <strong>the</strong> xt are all elements<br />

<strong>of</strong> a Hilbert space H = La(D, 9, Pr) over some probability space<br />

(Q, a, Pr). (Q is a set, 99 a u-algebra <strong>of</strong> subsets, <strong>and</strong> Pr a probability<br />

measure on a). If two Gaussian processes over <strong>the</strong> same S have <strong>the</strong><br />

same mean <strong>and</strong> covariance functions Ex, <strong>and</strong> Ex,xt , <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong>y have<br />

<strong>the</strong> same joint probability distributions for (xt , t EF} for any finite<br />

or countable subset F <strong>of</strong> S ([.5], p. 72, (3.3)). Such processes will be<br />

called “versions” <strong>of</strong> each o<strong>the</strong>r. We say that a process is samplecontinuous<br />

if it has a version (xt , t E S> such that for almost all w in J2,<br />

t -+ .X,(W) is continuous on S. (In case S is e.g. <strong>the</strong> real line it is well<br />

known that not all versions <strong>of</strong> a process will be continuous.)<br />

Sequential convergence <strong>of</strong> functions on 12 almost everywhere<br />

implies convergence in measure <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n, for <strong>the</strong> Gaussian case,<br />

convergence in H. Thus since S is metric, sample continuity implies<br />

that t + x1 is continuous from S into H <strong>and</strong> we can <strong>and</strong> will restrict<br />

ourselves to this case. Then, Ex, is continuous on S, <strong>and</strong> xt is samplecontinuous<br />

if <strong>and</strong> only if xt - Ex t is, so we may <strong>and</strong> do assume<br />

Ex, = 0.<br />

A subset C <strong>of</strong> an abstract Hilbert space Hi is realized as a Gaussian<br />

process {x f , t E C} with Ex t = 0 <strong>and</strong> Ex$x, = (s, t) by letting<br />

x1 = L(t) where L is <strong>the</strong> “normal” r<strong>and</strong>om li ear functional or weak<br />

distribution mentioned in Section 1. We callnC a G&et (Gaussian<br />

continuity set) if L is sample-continuous on C. Thus if (xt , t E S)<br />

is a (Gaussian) process with Ex, E 0, <strong>the</strong> function t -+ xb is continuous<br />

from S into H, <strong>and</strong> its range is a GC-set, <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> process is<br />

sample-continuous.<br />

For any set A C H <strong>the</strong>re is a sample-continuous process (xt , t E S}<br />

whose range is A, letting S be A with discrete topology, but such<br />

examples are ra<strong>the</strong>r artificial <strong>and</strong> much <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> study <strong>of</strong> samplecontinuous<br />

Gaussian processes reduces to <strong>the</strong> study <strong>of</strong> GC-sets.<br />

(See e.g. <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> Section 4.)<br />

A process (x1 , t E S> will be called sample-bounded if it has a version


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 293<br />

such that <strong>the</strong> sample functions t --+ x1(o) are bounded uniformly on S,<br />

for each w. Here we have a perfect correspondence: a Gaussian<br />

process is sample-bounded if <strong>and</strong> only if its range is a GB-set. The<br />

convex, closed, symmetric hull <strong>of</strong> a GB-set is a GB-set <strong>and</strong> is compact<br />

(Proposition 3.4 below). We shall on <strong>the</strong> whole restrict ourselves to<br />

compact sets, <strong>and</strong> a compact GC-set is a GB-set. Conversely, most,<br />

but not all, GB-sets are GC-sets. Sample continuity <strong>and</strong> boundedness<br />

are equivalent for ellipsoids <strong>and</strong> rectangular blocks (Propositions 6.3<br />

<strong>and</strong> 6.6 below) <strong>and</strong> stationary processes on a finite interval ([2],<br />

Theorem 1). A narrow class <strong>of</strong> GB-sets which are not GC-sets appears<br />

among octahedra (Propositions 6.7 <strong>and</strong> 6.9 below), <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r examples<br />

can be constructed by <strong>the</strong> law <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> iterated logarithm. We shall<br />

prove severe narrowness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> class <strong>of</strong> GB-sets which are not GC-sets<br />

in general (Theorem 4.7).<br />

V. Strassen proved (unpublished) in 1963 or 1964 that, if S is a set <strong>of</strong><br />

Gaussian r<strong>and</strong>om variables with r(S) < 2, <strong>the</strong>n (in our terminology)<br />

it is a GC-set. Strassen’s result is sharpened somewhat (Theorem 3.1<br />

below) to include some sets with r(S) = 2 <strong>and</strong> to yield a result <strong>of</strong><br />

Fernique [7], [7a] for processes over <strong>the</strong> unit cube as a corollary<br />

(Theorem 7.1 below).<br />

Conjecture 3.3 (if r(S) > 2 S is not a GB-set) is verified for certain<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om Fourier series with independent Gaussian coefficients,<br />

both those covered by a result <strong>of</strong> Kahane [IO] <strong>and</strong> some o<strong>the</strong>rs<br />

(Propositions 7.2 <strong>and</strong> 7.3 below).<br />

In Section 4 we give some general results about E(C), convergence<br />

<strong>of</strong> series defining L, etc. Among o<strong>the</strong>r things, we establish an exact<br />

natural correspondence between GC-sets <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> “measurable<br />

pseudo-norms” <strong>of</strong> L. Gross [9] (see Theorem 4.6 below).<br />

Section 8 gives some brief comments on possible methods <strong>of</strong><br />

attack in proving <strong>the</strong> conjectures.<br />

3. SAMPLE CONTINUITY AND E-ENTROPY<br />

Here is a sufficient condition for sample continuity in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

e-entropy:<br />

THEOREM 3.1. Suppose S is a subset <strong>of</strong> a Hilbert space <strong>and</strong><br />

Then S is a CC-set.<br />

m H(S, 1/291'S< co<br />

c n-1 2”<br />

(1)


294 DUDLEY<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Given a positive integer n, we decompose S into N(1/2n+“)<br />

sets <strong>of</strong> diameter at most l/2”+“, <strong>and</strong> choose one point from each set,<br />

forming a set A, . Let G, be <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all r<strong>and</strong>om variables L(x - y)<br />

for x <strong>and</strong> y in A,-, u A, <strong>and</strong> jl x - y (1 < l/2%. Then <strong>the</strong> cardinality<br />

<strong>of</strong> G, is at most 4N(2-n-4)2.<br />

We shall use below <strong>the</strong> well-known estimate, for a > 0,<br />

i<br />

m 00 xe-“=I= dx e-a2/2<br />

e-z212 dx & =-*<br />

a I a a a<br />

Let (b,) be any sequence <strong>of</strong> positive real numbers. Let<br />

P, = Pr (max {l(z) 1 : z E G,} $ b,) < 4N (2-n-4)2 (exp [- 4%,2/2])2”/b,.<br />

Thus P, < b, if n > 2 <strong>and</strong> - 4”bm2/2 + 2H(2-n-4) < 2 log b, ,<br />

or<br />

[H(2-“-4) - log !&J/4”-” < &a.<br />

Let an2 = H(2-“-4)/4n-1. Then 2 a, < co by (l), <strong>and</strong> a, is inde-<br />

pendent <strong>of</strong> b, . But now we specify b, , letting b, = max (2a, , l/n”).<br />

Then an2 < bm2/2 <strong>and</strong> log b, > - 2 log n, so for n large enough<br />

(- 4 log &J/4” < 1/2n4 < bn2/2,<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n P, < b, . Since C b, < co, we have 2 P, < co.<br />

Thus for almost all w <strong>the</strong>re is an no(w) such that 1 z 1 < b, for all<br />

n > no(o) <strong>and</strong> all x in G, .<br />

Now let T be any countable dense subset <strong>of</strong> 5’. We shall show that<br />

on T, L is uniformly continuous with probability one. Its extension<br />

to S is <strong>the</strong>n a version <strong>of</strong> L with continuous sample functions, as<br />

desired.<br />

Given 6 > 0, we choose n, so that<br />

where<br />

sa(fkJ = +J : no(w) > no)<br />

For any s in T, we choose points A,(s) in A, such that<br />

II S - An(s) II < l/2 n+3. Now if n > n, , s, t E A, <strong>and</strong> (1 s -<br />

<strong>the</strong>n 11 A,(s) - A,(t) (1 f l/2%. Thus L(A,(s) - A,(t))<br />

t 11 < 1/2n+3,<br />

E G, . Also,<br />

WW - An+,(s)) E Gn,, . Thus for w $ Q(n,,), L(A,(s)) (w) +L(s) (w)


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 295<br />

for all s in T, <strong>and</strong> for any t in T such that d(s, t) < 1/2no+a, we have<br />

I L(s) (w) -L(t) (w> I < 8.<br />

Letting 6 4 0, we see that L is uniformly continuous on T with<br />

probability 1. Q.E.D.<br />

COROLLARY 3.2. If S is a subset <strong>of</strong> a Hilbert space <strong>and</strong> r(S) < 2,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n S is a GC-set.<br />

There are numerous examples <strong>of</strong> sets S with 7(s) = 2 which are<br />

nei<strong>the</strong>r GC- nor GB-sets; see, e.g., Section 6 below. Moreover,<br />

Theorem 7.1 below <strong>and</strong> its partial converse, due to Fernique [7],<br />

indicate that, even when specialized to stochastic processes on <strong>the</strong> real<br />

line, Theorem 3.1 is essentially <strong>the</strong> best possible result <strong>of</strong> its kind.<br />

However, we prove in Proposition 6.10(a) below that no sufficient<br />

condition for <strong>the</strong> GC-property <strong>of</strong> a Banach ball in terms <strong>of</strong> H(S, E)<br />

is necessary, i.e., <strong>the</strong> GC-property is not a “monotone function” <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> function E + H(S, l ) as E J 0. Yet I make<br />

Conjecture 3.3. If S is a GB-set (<strong>and</strong> hence if S is a compact<br />

GC-set), <strong>the</strong>n r(S) < 2.<br />

In Sections 6 <strong>and</strong> 7 below, Conjecture 3.3 is proved in a number<br />

<strong>of</strong> special cases. In <strong>the</strong> general case, I shall prove at present only <strong>the</strong><br />

following:<br />

PROPOSITION 3.4. If S is a GB-set <strong>the</strong>n S is totally bounded<br />

(i.e., its closure is compact).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. If S is a GB-set, it is certainly bounded. Suppose it is not<br />

totally bounded. Then for some E > 0 <strong>the</strong>re is an infinite sequence<br />

{ fj}& in S such that <strong>the</strong> distance <strong>of</strong> fi+l from <strong>the</strong> linear span Fi <strong>of</strong><br />

fi ,..., fi is at least E for all j. Let<br />

where ]I g, I/ >, E <strong>and</strong> g, 1. F, . Given M > 0, let<br />

Then<br />

A,={w:max(lL(f,)I:l~j~n} WI<br />

= Pr W5J > M) Pr &J/2.


296 DUDLEY<br />

Now for some S > 0, we have, for all n,<br />

Pr (L&) > M) > 28; so Pr (A,) < (1 - S)+l<br />

by induction. This contradicts <strong>the</strong> fact that S is a GB-set <strong>and</strong> com-<br />

pletes <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />

The method <strong>of</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> just used will yield a stronger result. Using<br />

also (5.2) <strong>and</strong> Lemma 5.6 (cf. also Proposition 6.9), it can be shown<br />

that, if S is a GB-set, <strong>the</strong>n for any 6 > 0<br />

N(S, c) < exp (exp ( l/~z+s))<br />

for E sufficiently small. Since <strong>the</strong> examples in Section 6 indicate that<br />

this inequality has an unnecessary extra exponentiation, no fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />

details will be given.<br />

4. PSEUDO-NORMS<br />

Let V be a real linear space <strong>and</strong> let W be a linear space <strong>of</strong> linear<br />

functionals on V. Then for any set C C V, <strong>the</strong> polar Cl is defined by<br />

When C is symmetric,<br />

Cl = {w E W : W(X) < 1 for all x in C}.<br />

C1 = {w E W : 1 w(x) / < 1 for all x in C}.<br />

If A is a linear transformation <strong>of</strong> V into itself <strong>and</strong> W is closed under<br />

<strong>the</strong> adjoint A* (i.e., composition with A), <strong>the</strong>n for any CC V,<br />

A(C)1 = (A*)-1 (Cl).<br />

(Here (A*)-l is a set mapping <strong>and</strong> A* need not be invertible.) In<br />

particular V may be a Hilbert space <strong>and</strong> IV its dual space, possibly<br />

identified with V.<br />

<strong>On</strong> K-dimensional Euclidean space Rk, let h or A, be Lebesgue<br />

measure <strong>and</strong> let G be <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard Gaussian probability measure;<br />

dG = (27r)ekj2 exp (- r2/2) dX,<br />

where r is <strong>the</strong> distance from <strong>the</strong> origin.<br />

PROPOSITION 4.0 (Gross [9]). Let A be a linear transformation


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 297<br />

from Rk into itself with norm 11 A (1 < 1 <strong>and</strong> let C be a convex symmetric<br />

set in Rk. Then<br />

G(A(C)l) > G(C).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. This follows directly from [9], Theorem 5, stated in dif-<br />

ferent language. For A symmetric <strong>and</strong> invertible it is Lemma 5.2 <strong>of</strong><br />

[9], <strong>and</strong> arguments to reduce to this case are given in <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

Theorem 5. Q.E.D.<br />

Now as usual, let H be a separable, infinite-dimensional Hilbert<br />

space. Every GB-set in H is included in some Banach ball which is<br />

still a GB-set.<br />

For any subset C <strong>of</strong> H, let s(C) be its linear span. Then if C is<br />

convex <strong>and</strong> symmetric, it is <strong>the</strong> unit ball <strong>of</strong> a norm 11 * ]Ic on s(C). If<br />

C is a Banach ball, <strong>the</strong>n (s(C), II l Ilo) is a Banach space <strong>and</strong> its natural<br />

injection into H is continuous.<br />

Let H* be <strong>the</strong> dual space <strong>of</strong> H. (For clarity, we do not identify<br />

<strong>the</strong> two.) For each 93 in H*, let<br />

II 9J II;: = SUP {I d$) I : $J E 0<br />

Then if C is a Banach ball in H, 11 * 11; is <strong>the</strong> dual norm to II * lIc<br />

(composed with <strong>the</strong> natural map <strong>of</strong> H* into <strong>the</strong> dual space<br />

MC)‘> II * IILL) <strong>of</strong> (4Ch II l IICN.<br />

L is an assignment <strong>of</strong> r<strong>and</strong>om variables to elements <strong>of</strong> H, or equivalently<br />

to continuous linear functionals on H*. The assignment can<br />

be extended to some nonlinear functionals in various ways. For<br />

example, if q~ is a Bore1 measurable function on R” <strong>and</strong> fi ,..., f, E H,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n ol(fi ,-.., f,) defines by composition a function on H*. (Such a<br />

function is called “tame.“) The assignment<br />

L(dfl 9.*-Y fn>) = dL(fl)Y.,L(fnN<br />

is well-defined, as is well known [9], [18]. Thus, e.g., we let<br />

L(lf I> = IL(f) I ,f EH-<br />

Now in general, an assignment such as<br />

L (SUP &) = SUP b%Ad<br />

will not be well-defined, but if g, = If, I , f, E H = (H*)*, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

sup g, = II * 11; where C is <strong>the</strong> closed symmetric convex hull <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

f, . Also<br />

SUP L(&) = SUD (1 L( fn) I) = acj,


298 DUDLEY<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> assignment<br />

is well-defined.<br />

WI * Ilc> = W) (9<br />

By f.d.p. (finite-dimensional projection) we shall mean an ortho-<br />

gonal projection <strong>of</strong> H onto a finite-dimensional subspace. For pro-<br />

jections P <strong>and</strong> Q, one says P < Q if <strong>the</strong> range <strong>of</strong> P is included in that<br />

<strong>of</strong> Q, <strong>and</strong> P, 7 I if PI < P2 < *** <strong>and</strong> P,(f) +f in (Hilbert) norm<br />

for each f in H. Also P 1 Q means <strong>the</strong> ranges <strong>of</strong> P <strong>and</strong> Q are ortho-<br />

gonal. If {fn} is an orthonormal basis <strong>of</strong> H, g, are independent,<br />

normalized Gaussian r<strong>and</strong>om variables, <strong>and</strong> L,(f) = (f, f,) g, , <strong>the</strong>n<br />

<strong>the</strong> series<br />

Ii1 Ln(9 (1’)<br />

is a version <strong>of</strong> L. If P, 7 I (<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> P, are f.d.p.‘s) <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong>re is an<br />

orthonormal basis { fi} <strong>of</strong> H such that for each n, { fi ,..., fk.} is a basis<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> range <strong>of</strong> P, for some k, , k, t co. The convergence <strong>of</strong> L o P,<br />

to L is equivalent to convergence <strong>of</strong> a certain sequence <strong>of</strong> partial<br />

sums <strong>of</strong> (1’).<br />

We shall need an infinite-dimensional form <strong>of</strong> Proposition 4.0.<br />

PROPOSITION 4.1. Let A be a linear operator from H into itself with<br />

([AI/, Pr (L(C) < t).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. If C is finite, <strong>the</strong> result follows immediately from Proposi-<br />

tion 4.0. In general, let C, be finite sets which increase up to a dense<br />

set in C. Then<br />

Pr (L(C) < t) = $i Pr (L(C,) < t) < $i Pr (L(AC,) < t)<br />

= Pr (L(AC) < t), Q.E.D.<br />

PROPOSITION 4.2. If P,, are f.d.p.‘s, P, t I, C C H, <strong>and</strong> t >, 0,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n<br />

Pr (L(C) < t) = $rr Pr (E(P,C) < t).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Let A be countable <strong>and</strong> dense in C. Then L(P,f) -L(f)<br />

as n -+ co for all f in A, with probability 1. Hence<br />

Pr (X(C) < t) < li?AdPr (yP,C) < t).


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 299<br />

<strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong> Proposition 4.1 yields<br />

liy+yp Pr (L(P,C) < t) < Pr (YC) < t),<br />

completing <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />

The following definition is essentially that <strong>of</strong> Gross [9].<br />

DEFINITION. A pseudo-norm 11 l I] on H* is measurable (for L) if<br />

for every E > 0 <strong>the</strong>re is a f.d.p. P, such that, for every f.d.p. P 1 PO ,<br />

Pr (L(ll * II 0 P) > c) < E.<br />

Note that ]I l 11 o P is a tame function on H* so that L <strong>of</strong> it is defined.<br />

If C C H <strong>the</strong>n I] * 11: is * measurable if <strong>and</strong> only if for every E > 0 <strong>the</strong>re<br />

is a f.d.p. P,, such that, for every f.d.p. P 1 PO ,<br />

Pr @(PC) > c) < E.<br />

It <strong>the</strong>n follows by Propositions 4.1 <strong>and</strong> 4.2 that<br />

Pr (EP,IC) > 6) < E.<br />

(For any projection P, P 1 = I - P where I is <strong>the</strong> identity operator.)<br />

THEOREM 4.3. If C is a Banach ball in H, <strong>the</strong> following are equiv-<br />

alent:<br />

(a) C is a GB-set, i.e., Pr (EC) < co) = 1.<br />

(b) Pr (E(C) < co) > 0<br />

(4 [resP* WI WnC) converges in law for some (resp. every)<br />

sequence <strong>of</strong> f.d.p.‘s P, 1 I.<br />

(e) L restricted to s(C) has a version linear <strong>and</strong> continuous with<br />

probability I for /I * II=.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Let {f,J b e an orthonormal basis <strong>of</strong> H. For each f in H,<br />

<strong>the</strong> series (1’) converges almost everywhere on 52 <strong>and</strong> in L2(Q). For<br />

any finite N,<br />

@(9 b)<br />

is bounded on C for each w in Sz, <strong>and</strong> finiteness <strong>of</strong> L(C) (0) thus<br />

depends on <strong>the</strong> g, for n > N. Thus by <strong>the</strong> zero-one law ([13], B,<br />

p. 229), Pr (E(C) < co) = 0 or 1, <strong>and</strong> (a) is equivalent to (b).<br />

(a) is equivalent to (c) <strong>and</strong> (d) by Proposition 4.2.


300 DUDLEY<br />

(a) is equivalent to (e) since a linear functional on a normed space is<br />

continuous if <strong>and</strong> only if it is bounded on <strong>the</strong> unit ball. The pro<strong>of</strong><br />

is complete.<br />

Before treating GC-sets, we introduce some facts we need about<br />

function-valued r<strong>and</strong>om variables. Let S be a metric space with a<br />

countable dense subset A = {+‘ZZ1 . Let %(S) be <strong>the</strong> Banach space<br />

<strong>of</strong> bounded continuous real-valued functions on S, with supremum<br />

norm II * IL . We say Xi, X, ,... are given as a set <strong>of</strong> V(S)-valued<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om variables if probabilities<br />

Pr (Xi(ti) E Aij , i, j = 1, 2 ,...)<br />

are defined for any points t, , t, ,..., in S <strong>and</strong> Bore1 sets A, in <strong>the</strong><br />

real line. Then <strong>the</strong> norms<br />

II Xi I/m = SUP {I xi(t) I : t E A)<br />

are measurable. Note, however, that W(S) will not be separable if S<br />

is not compact. Then, <strong>the</strong> distributions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Xi will not be expected<br />

to be defined on all open sets in V(S) for <strong>the</strong> supremum norm topo-<br />

lo!3 (cf. PI).<br />

A r<strong>and</strong>om variable X in V(S) will be called symmetric if - X has<br />

<strong>the</strong> same distribution as X. Independence <strong>of</strong> r<strong>and</strong>om variables Xi<br />

in q(S) is defined also, naturally, to mean that <strong>the</strong> sets <strong>of</strong> real r<strong>and</strong>om<br />

variables<br />

Ai = {Xi(t) : t E S}<br />

are independent for different values <strong>of</strong> i.<br />

Let X, be independent <strong>and</strong> symmetric in %‘(S) <strong>and</strong><br />

The following generalization <strong>of</strong> a Lemma <strong>of</strong> P. Levy is proved much<br />

like <strong>the</strong> classical version (Loeve [23], p. 247).<br />

LEMMA 4.4. For any LY > 0,<br />

Pr (max {\I S, 11 : k = l,..., 4 > 4 < 2 Pr (II S, II > 4.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. For each k = l,..., m, j = 1, 2 ,..., <strong>and</strong> s = f 1, let<br />

Afk, j, s) = {w : )I Si 11 < a, i = l,..., k - 1, ) &(x0) 1 < OL,<br />

q = l,..., j - 1, sS,&) > a}.


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 301<br />

Then {w : 11 S, (1 > 01 for some k, 1 < k < m} is <strong>the</strong> disjoint union<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> A(R, j, s). We also have for each k, j <strong>and</strong> s,<br />

Pr (A@, j, s) <strong>and</strong> II S,,, I/ > a) b Pr (A(k,j, s> <strong>and</strong> s(S, - Sk> (q) 2 0)<br />

Hence<br />

2 Pr (A@, .A s))P.<br />

2Pr (II S, II > a> t C Pr (A&j, s)) = Pr (max{I\ S, jl : K = I,..., m} > a);<br />

k,f,s<br />

Q.E.D.<br />

PROPOSITION 4.5. The series X:=1 X, <strong>of</strong> independent symmetric<br />

%?(S)-valued r<strong>and</strong>om variable converges in S(S) (i.e., uniformly on S)<br />

with probability 1 if <strong>and</strong> only if it converges (uniformly) in probability.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. “<strong>On</strong>ly if” is obvious. “If” is proved from Lemma 4.4<br />

just as in <strong>the</strong> classical case where S has only one point: see [13],<br />

p. 249.<br />

THEOREM 4.6. For any compact Banach ball C in H, <strong>the</strong> following<br />

are equivalent :<br />

(a) for any E > 0, Pr (XC) < c) > 0;<br />

(b) C is a GC-set;<br />

(4 [rev. WJ L 0 Pm converges uniformly on C in probability for<br />

some (resp. all> sequences <strong>of</strong> f.d.p.‘s P, t I;<br />

(c’) [resp. (d’)] replace “in probability” by “with probability I”<br />

in (c) [resp. (d)];<br />

(e) 11 l IIc is a measurable pseudo-norm on H*.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Throughout let A b e a countable dense subset <strong>of</strong> C.<br />

(a) * (b): Let P, be f.d .p.‘s <strong>and</strong> P, t I. Given E > 0, let<br />

C,(c) = {w : q&&T) < E/3},<br />

K(e) = lim sup CJE)<br />

= {w : C,(e) holds for arbitrarily large n}.<br />

Then K(E) is a tail event, having a probability 0 or 1.<br />

By (a) <strong>and</strong> Proposition 4.1,<br />

0 < Pr (L(C) < c/3) < Pr (ZP,% < c/3)<br />

for all n, where P,’ = I - P 7&* Thus K(E) has positive probability,


302 DUDLEY<br />

hence probability 1. Hence almost every w belongs to Cm(e) for some n.<br />

Then since L o P, is continuous, <strong>the</strong>re is an 01 > 0 such that if<br />

x, y E A <strong>and</strong> (1 x - y 11 < (II, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

I Q) -L(Y) I b) < I Wn(x - Y)) b) I + 2Q9aLC < E-<br />

Since E was an arbitrary positive number, (b) is proved.<br />

(b) z- (c): given E > 0 we use uniform continuity on C with<br />

probability 1 to infer that for some 6 > 0,<br />

Pr (sup {I L(x - y) I : x, y E A, /I x - y II < 63 > e) < E.<br />

We choose a finite-dimensional subspace F such that F n C is within<br />

6 <strong>of</strong> every point <strong>of</strong> C. Let P be <strong>the</strong> projection onto F. Then by Pro-<br />

position 4.1<br />

since, for any x in C, <strong>the</strong>re is a y in F n C with 11 x - y 11 < 8 <strong>and</strong><br />

Ply = 0. Thus<br />

Pr(j(L--LOP)-(C)I>,E) 0 <strong>the</strong>re<br />

is an n such that<br />

Pr (E(Q,“C) > c/2) < c/2.<br />

Now <strong>the</strong> operator norm 11 PmlQn I/ -+ 0 as VI -+ co since Qn has finitedimensional<br />

range <strong>and</strong> Pml-+ 0 pointwise. Hence E(P,-LQ,,C) -+ 0<br />

in probability as m -+ co. Also<br />

Pr (~(P,IQmLC) < 42) 2 Pr (yQfl’C) < e/2) >, 1 - c/2,<br />

so, for m large enough,<br />

<strong>and</strong> (d) holds.<br />

~(P,IC) < ~(P,IQnC) + ~(P,IQdC);<br />

Pr (L(P,T) > c) < E


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 303<br />

(d) * (d’) by Proposition 4.5.<br />

(d’) + (e): clearly (d’) => (c), <strong>and</strong> (c) =- (e) by Proposition 4.1.<br />

(e) * (a): given E > 0, we choose a f.d.p. P such that<br />

Then also<br />

Pr (L(P%) < e/2) > 0.<br />

Pr (L(K) < l /2) > 0<br />

<strong>and</strong> since L(PX) <strong>and</strong> E(PC) are independent, we have<br />

Pr (E(C) < c) >, Pr @(PC) < c/2 <strong>and</strong> J?(Z’%) < c/2) > 0.<br />

Q.E.D.<br />

Not every GB-set is a GC-set, as we shall see below (Propositions<br />

6.7 <strong>and</strong> 6.9). Thus all possible implications among <strong>the</strong> conditions<br />

listed in Theorems 4.3 <strong>and</strong> 4.6 are settled. However, <strong>the</strong>se conditions<br />

suggest o<strong>the</strong>rs, e.g., replacing “in law” in (c) <strong>and</strong> (d) <strong>of</strong> Theorem 4.3<br />

by “in probability” or “with probability one”. If P,C C C for all 71,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n L(P,C) is nondecreasing, so <strong>the</strong> different forms <strong>of</strong> (c) are equiv-<br />

alent in this case. In Section 6 we present a GB-set (octahedron with<br />

axes (log n)-+), which is not a GC-set, <strong>and</strong> for which P,C -+ C for<br />

certain natural projections P, t I. Thus <strong>the</strong> stronger forms <strong>of</strong> (c)<br />

do not imply that C is a GC-set, but o<strong>the</strong>r possible implications are<br />

not settled.<br />

We shall conclude this section with a result showing that <strong>the</strong> class<br />

<strong>of</strong> GB-sets which are not GC-sets is quite narrow.<br />

If B <strong>and</strong> C are Banach balls in H, we shall say B is C-compact<br />

if B C s(C) <strong>and</strong> B is compact for ]I l IIc . If B is a GB-set, we call it<br />

maximal if whenever B is C-compact, C is not a GB-set. (No GB-set<br />

A is maximal in a strict set-<strong>the</strong>oretic sense since 2A includes A<br />

strictly <strong>and</strong> 2A is a GB-set.)<br />

THEOREM 4.7. Every GB-set is ei<strong>the</strong>r maximal or a GC-set.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Suppose B is C-compact where C is a Banach ball <strong>and</strong> a<br />

GB-set. Then L restricted to s(C) has a version which is linear <strong>and</strong><br />

continuous for I] . /le. The ]I l IIc topology is stronger than <strong>the</strong> original<br />

Hilbert topology on s(C) since C is bounded, hence <strong>the</strong>se two topolo-<br />

gies are equal on <strong>the</strong> compact set B ([II], Theorem 8, p. 141). Thus<br />

B is a GB-set. Q.E.D.


304 DUDLEY<br />

If 11 * I/ is a measurable pseudo-norm on H*, <strong>the</strong>n L is defined by a<br />

countably additive probability measure on <strong>the</strong> completion <strong>of</strong> H*<br />

for I/ * 11.l At <strong>the</strong> moment <strong>the</strong> converse seems to be an open question.<br />

Suppose (xt , t E S) is a sample-continuous Gaussian process over a<br />

compact metric space (S, d). Then t -+ xt is continuous from S into<br />

H, <strong>and</strong><br />

e(s, t) = (E(xs - xJ2)l12<br />

defines a pseudo-metric e on S which is continuous for d <strong>and</strong> hence<br />

defines a weaker topology. If (S, e) is Hausdorff, i.e., if x, # xt<br />

for s # t, <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> d <strong>and</strong> e topologies on S are equal, <strong>and</strong> hence <strong>the</strong><br />

range <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> process in H is a GC-set; its closed convex symmetric<br />

hull is a GB-set, which, by Theorem 4.7, is not much worse.<br />

5. SEQUENCES OF VOLUMES<br />

We shall need <strong>the</strong> volumes <strong>of</strong> certain simple sets in Rk. First,<br />

suppose A is a simplex, i.e., a convex hull <strong>of</strong> (h + 1) points x,, ,..., xk ,<br />

having an interior. Let F be a face <strong>of</strong> A, i.e., a convex hull <strong>of</strong> K <strong>of</strong> its<br />

vertices. Let h or h, be Lebesgue measure on Rk <strong>and</strong> S or Sk-r <strong>the</strong><br />

(K - 1)-dimensional Lebesgue “surface” or “area” measure. Then<br />

h(A) = S(F) d/k,<br />

where d is <strong>the</strong> distance from <strong>the</strong> vertex not in F to <strong>the</strong> hyperplane<br />

through F. Now suppose x0 = 0 <strong>and</strong> let di be <strong>the</strong> distance from xj<br />

to <strong>the</strong> linear span <strong>of</strong> x0 ,..., xi-r , j = l,..., k. Then<br />

h(A) = (fJ dj)/k!.<br />

i=l<br />

Now, recalling <strong>the</strong> definitions <strong>of</strong> V,(C) <strong>and</strong> EV(C) given is Section<br />

1, we have <strong>the</strong> following fact (a stronger statement is given as Propo-<br />

sition 5.10 below):<br />

LEMMA 5.0. If C is a convex set in H <strong>and</strong> EV(C) < - 1, <strong>the</strong>n C<br />

is totally bounded.<br />

1 For <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong>, see L. Gross, Abstract Wiener spaces, in Proceedings <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Fifth<br />

Berkeley Symposium cm Ma<strong>the</strong>matical Statistics <strong>and</strong> Probability (1964). University <strong>of</strong><br />

California Press, Berkeley, 1967.


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 305<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. If C is not totally bounded we make <strong>the</strong> same construction<br />

as in <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> Proposition 2.4. Then for some E > 0, V,(C) is<br />

greater than or equal to <strong>the</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> convex hull <strong>of</strong> 0, fi ,..., f, ,<br />

so<br />

VJC) > E”/tz! for all n.<br />

By Stirling’s formula, this contradicts <strong>the</strong> hypo<strong>the</strong>sis. Q.E.D.<br />

Next, let ck = X,(B) w h ere B is a ball <strong>of</strong> radius 1 in Rk. Then it<br />

can be shown by induction that, for any positive integer k,<br />

c&+1 = 22”+wk!/(2k + l)!,<br />

c2k = m”jk!.<br />

Thus by Stirling’s formula we have <strong>the</strong> following estimate:<br />

y+i Cj(Trj)“” (j/274’2 = 1. (5-l)<br />

We shall also need <strong>the</strong> following fact. Let {a,} be a sequence <strong>of</strong><br />

positive real numbers such that a, JO as n + co. For such a sequence<br />

<strong>and</strong> E > 0 we define<br />

n(c) = n({%} , c) = max (?z : a, >, E),<br />

h = h({u,}) = infict:f (5p 0 such that<br />

Pr(L(C)y>O.<br />

C may be replaced in <strong>the</strong> above inequality by any orthogonal pro-<br />

jection P(C), according to Proposition 4.1. Multiplying C by a


306 DUDLEY<br />

positive number leaves <strong>the</strong> relevant properties unchanged, so we may<br />

assume M = 1. Suppose <strong>the</strong> first conclusion is false. Then for any<br />

K > 0 <strong>the</strong>re is an n such that V, > (K/n)lz.<br />

Let P, be a projection with n-dimensional range F. Then<br />

Y < Pr (-@‘,C) < 1) = G(P,CY),<br />

where <strong>the</strong> polar is taken in <strong>the</strong> dual <strong>of</strong> F <strong>and</strong> G is normalized Gaussian<br />

probability measure. We use <strong>the</strong> general inequality<br />

where B is any convex symmetric set in Rn (due to Santa16 [17]).<br />

(Later work by Bambah [I] on a lower bound for h,(B) h,(P) may<br />

also be noted.) For any /3 > 0 <strong>the</strong>re is a P, such that<br />

U~nC) 2 tqy, so h&w7m G ca2(nP)n-<br />

Using (5.1) we obtain for any 01 > 0<br />

M~nq) < 4cw’2<br />

for certain arbitrarily large n. Now, given X,(A) for a set A, G(A)<br />

is clearly maximized when A is a ball E(r) centered at 0, say <strong>of</strong> radius T.<br />

Hence<br />

where r, < (~ln)l/~. Then<br />

where<br />

G(PnW < ‘Wt~,d),<br />

G(E(r,)) < jr"" ~+le-‘~/2 dr/I, ,<br />

I,= I m 0<br />

~--l~=l~ dr.<br />

The integr<strong>and</strong> increases for 0 < r < (n - 1)li2. But (an/(n - 1))li2 --t 0<br />

as n -+ co <strong>and</strong> 0110, so G(E(r,)) -+ 0 as n + co through a suitable<br />

sequence, contradicting <strong>the</strong> fact that G((P,C)l) >, y > 0.<br />

Thus for some M > 0,<br />

log vv2<br />

M<br />

-


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 307<br />

Conjecture. 5.4. If C is a Banach ball <strong>and</strong> W(C) < - 1, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

C is a GC-set.<br />

The above conjecture may be made plausible by a supporting<br />

conjecture (5.9 below) <strong>and</strong> pro<strong>of</strong>s <strong>of</strong> both conjectures in four classes<br />

<strong>of</strong> special cases (Section 6). In <strong>the</strong> general case, I can prove <strong>the</strong> follow-<br />

ing.<br />

PROPOSITION 5.5. If C is a Banach ball <strong>and</strong> EV(C) < - $, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

C is a GC-set.<br />

Before proving Proposition 5.5 we introduce ano<strong>the</strong>r construction<br />

<strong>and</strong> some o<strong>the</strong>r facts. Given a compact Banach ball C in H <strong>and</strong> an<br />

orthonormal basis {F~}& <strong>of</strong> H, let F, be <strong>the</strong> linear span <strong>of</strong> v1 ,..., ?n ,<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

C, = CnF, (Co = F. = {O}).<br />

Given two sets A <strong>and</strong> B in H we define <strong>the</strong>ir distance as usual,<br />

e(-%B)=s~p$X-YIl’<br />

d(A, B) = e(A, B) + e(B, A).<br />

We shall say <strong>the</strong> basis {vi> is adapted to C if<br />

4G-, , C) = d(G-, , G)<br />

for 7t = 1,2,... . Since C is compact, a basis adapted to C always<br />

exists. Then <strong>the</strong> sequence {F,} <strong>of</strong> subspaces will also be called adapted<br />

to c.<br />

If <strong>the</strong>re is a sequence G,, C G, C +a* <strong>of</strong> subspaces <strong>of</strong> H with each<br />

G, n-dimensional <strong>and</strong> d(C n G, , C) < a, for all n, a, JO, <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong><br />

sequence {an} will be called adapted to C (whe<strong>the</strong>r or not <strong>the</strong> G, are).<br />

In order to fmd an upper bound for E-entropies <strong>of</strong> sets with a given<br />

adapted sequence {a,} we use <strong>the</strong> following result.<br />

LEMMA 5.6. Let B({ai}&) b e a rectangular n-dimensional block<br />

<strong>of</strong>sides2aS,0


308 DUDLEY<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. We consider <strong>the</strong> cubes <strong>of</strong> side 2eln112 whose vertices are<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form<br />

t 2?Tljrl?P, 1 mj 1 < 1 + ?PUj/2r,<br />

j-1<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> mj are integers. B is included in <strong>the</strong> union <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se cubes,<br />

<strong>the</strong>ir diameters are 2~, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>m is bounded as indi-<br />

cated. Q.E.D.<br />

The latter, cruder estimate in <strong>the</strong> above Lemma is sufficient for its<br />

applications below except for one ra<strong>the</strong>r delicate one (Proposition<br />

6.10).<br />

PROPOSITION 5.7. Let C be a compact Banach ball in H <strong>and</strong><br />

{an> adapted to C. Then<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Let s = X({a,)) <strong>and</strong> let F,, CF, C F, **a be subspaces <strong>of</strong> H,<br />

F, n-dimensional, such that for all n, d(C, , C) < a, where<br />

C,= CnF,.<br />

If /3 > 01 > s <strong>the</strong>n for small enough E > 0,<br />

by (5.2). For such an E < 1 <strong>and</strong> n = n(e/2),<br />

NC, 4 < WC, ,4).<br />

Since r <strong>and</strong> s are homo<strong>the</strong>tically invariant we can assume a, < 1.<br />

Clearly C, is included in <strong>the</strong> block B({+}&) <strong>of</strong> Lemma 5.6, so for<br />

E small enough<br />

N(C, G) < exp (n (log 3 + 4 log n + log (l/e))) < exp (E-B).<br />

Thus Y(C) 9 /3 for all B > s <strong>and</strong> r(C) < s. Q.E.D.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> Proposition 5.5. By Lemma 5.0, C is compact. There is a<br />

c > 8 such that V,(C) < n-w for n large enough. We choose a basis<br />

(~~1 adapted to C <strong>and</strong> v, in C,,, such that e(v, , C,) = a, = d(C, C,),<br />

n = 0, I,... . Then C includes <strong>the</strong> symmetric convex hull <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> v, , so


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 309<br />

Then by Stirling’s formula <strong>the</strong>re is a p > 4 such that<br />

for n large enough, <strong>and</strong> a, < n-b. Thus 5.7 <strong>and</strong> 3.2 imply that C is a<br />

GC-set. Q.E.D.<br />

Suppose given a Banach ball (= convex symmetric bounded<br />

closed set) C in H. Suppose also that {FJ is a sequence <strong>of</strong> subspaces<br />

adapted to C. Given Fl ,..., F,-, , we assume F, can be <strong>and</strong> is chosen<br />

among its possible values so as to minimize h,(F, n C). Then we<br />

define<br />

Wn = UFn n C>,<br />

EW(C) = liT+iup (log Wn)/(n log n).<br />

For a sufficiently “smooth” set C, e.g., an ellipsoid, we shall have<br />

W(C) = EW(C) <strong>and</strong> even V, = W, (see Proposition 6.1 below).<br />

At <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> Section 6 we show that EW(C) < EV(C) is possible.<br />

Next we obtain a lower bound for r(C) in terms <strong>of</strong> EV(C). In each<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> four classes <strong>of</strong> examples treated in Section 6, it becomes an<br />

equality at least for EV( C) < - 1.<br />

PROPOSITION 5.8. For any convex symmetric set C in H,<br />

(a) r(C) > - 2/(2EV(C) + 1) if EV(C) < - 4<br />

(b) r(C) = + co &W(C) > - &.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. If C is covered by m sets, each <strong>of</strong> diameter at most E, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

any n-dimensional projection P,C is covered by m balls <strong>of</strong> radius E,<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

mc,P 2 V, , so w, 4) >, Vn/w”<br />

for all n. Let EV(C) = - b > - c <strong>and</strong> c > +. Then for n large<br />

enough<br />

V,/c# > nn’z(~)1/2/[(27fe)“/2 &znc] = k, ,<br />

say. The following paragraph gives motivation only.<br />

To maximize k, , we note that<br />

kn+$tn = ((n + l)/n)n[(l’+cl (n + 1)(1-c)/42m)l’2,<br />

which is asymptotic as n + co to<br />

e-cn(1/2)-c/E(2,)1/2.


310 DUDI.EY<br />

At any rate, as E JO we choose m = m(c) so that m(1/2)-c is asymptotic<br />

to e%(2?~)l/~, as is clearly possible. Then for any 6 > 0, <strong>and</strong> E small<br />

enough,<br />

h, = (m(1/2)-C/e(2ne)1’2)n (mn)l12<br />

2 exp (4 - ?$ - 6))<br />

> exp ((c - 4 - 6) [(I - ~)/e”~(2rr)1’2]2’(2e-1).<br />

Hence for some constant y > 0,<br />

N(C, E) >/ exp (y~~‘(l-~~))<br />

for E small enough. If - b < - + we let c approach b <strong>and</strong> obtain (a).<br />

If - b > - 8, we let c approach $ <strong>and</strong> obtain (b). Q.E.D.<br />

DEFINITION. A Banach ball C is volumetric if EV(C) < - + <strong>and</strong><br />

Y(C) = - 2/(2EV(C) + 1).<br />

Conjecture. 5.9. If C is a Banach ball <strong>and</strong> EV(C) < - 1, <strong>the</strong>n C<br />

is volumetric (hence Y(C) < 2 <strong>and</strong> C is a GC-set).<br />

A weaker inequality in <strong>the</strong> direction converse to 5.8 (a) is easily<br />

proved. Let {F,) b e adapted to C <strong>and</strong> T, = )c,(F, n C). If<br />

T, < .--no+*) for n large enough, 6 > 0, <strong>the</strong>n since a, *a* a&! < T, ,<br />

we have a, < n-8 for n large enough; hence, by Proposition 5.7,<br />

r(C) < l/S. Thus:<br />

PROPOSITION 5.10. I’<br />

<strong>the</strong>n<br />

/3 = W(C) OY /3 = &V(C), /? < - 1,<br />

r(C) < - l/(8 + 1).<br />

Suppose given a compact Banach ball C in H for which El+‘(C)<br />

is defined <strong>and</strong> equals<br />

$ (log W,)/(n log n)<br />

(not just lim sup). Let (F,} <strong>and</strong> {an} be adapted sequences <strong>of</strong> subspaces<br />

<strong>and</strong> numbers, respectively, <strong>and</strong> (yn} an adapted orthonormal basis.<br />

Let A be <strong>the</strong> linear transformation such that<br />

44 = 4+?% for all tt, b, J- 0.<br />

Then <strong>the</strong> F, <strong>and</strong> p’n are adapted to A(C), F, now being uniquely<br />

determined, <strong>and</strong><br />

44CN = b7I 3<br />

W&l(C)) = b, *** b,W,(C).


Thus<br />

where<br />

SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 311<br />

Thus <strong>the</strong> following is useful.<br />

PROPOSITION 5.12. If b, JO,<br />

-WV(C)) = EW(C) + 4%)) (5.11)<br />

ew((bJ) = li%tup (i log bj)/n log n.<br />

j=l<br />

eea(fbj,)) = - l/x({bjl)*<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Given 8 > 0, we have by (5.2):<br />

n(c) = n({b,}, e) < l/CA+8<br />

for E small enough, <strong>and</strong> n(e) > l/&-B for arbitrarily small E > 0. Now<br />

if 71 = n(e),<br />

(~lw,)/~logn >(hsM%4.<br />

When n >, l/~~+ <strong>and</strong> 0 < E < 1,<br />

log n 2 (A - 8) log (1 /C) <strong>and</strong> (log c)/log n > - l/(h - 6).<br />

Thus letting 6 J 0 we have<br />

e@d) >, - l/X.<br />

For <strong>the</strong> converse inequality, we can assume b, < 1. For any positive<br />

integer m let E = e(m) satisfy m = E-X-~~. Then as m -F CO, E JO.<br />

Since<br />

n(c) < l/E”+8 < l/&+26<br />

for E small enough,<br />

(fJl log b,)/m log m < (m - n(e(m))) (log 6) th+28/(h + 28) log (l/c)<br />

< (1 - 4 (log 4/(X + 26) log u/4<br />

= (- 1 + @)/(A + 26) + - l/(A + 26),<br />

where E = e(m), m -P co. Thus, letting 6 JO, we have<br />

~(VJ,)) < - l/h.<br />

Q.E.D.


312 DUDLEY<br />

6. SIMPLE SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE<br />

In this section we study symmetric rectangular solids, ellipsoids,<br />

<strong>and</strong> “octahedra” <strong>and</strong> determine when <strong>the</strong>y are GC- <strong>and</strong> GB-sets. We<br />

also study certain “full approximation sets” (see [14]), which are<br />

maximal sets with a given adapted sequence {un}, while octahedra are<br />

(among <strong>the</strong>) minimal sets.<br />

For each class we shall have sequences {b,} <strong>of</strong> real numbers, b, JO,<br />

related to an orthonormal set {vn> in H, usually complete. Let F,<br />

be <strong>the</strong> subspace spanned by vi ,..., qn. For any orthonormal set<br />

{qn} <strong>and</strong> any b, 2 0 we define <strong>the</strong> ellipsoid<br />

Clearly, E is compact if <strong>and</strong> only if <strong>the</strong> b, for b, > 0 can be arranged<br />

into a sequence b, JO. Then <strong>the</strong> {F~}, {F,) <strong>and</strong> {bn} are adapted to E.<br />

(The F, are uniquely determined unless some positive b, are equal,<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> b, are unique.)<br />

More abstractly, we can define a compact ellipsoid as an image<br />

A(&) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unit ball B, = {X : 11 x 11 < l> in H under a compact<br />

operator A2<br />

It follows that if E is a compact ellipsoid <strong>and</strong> S is a bounded linear<br />

transformation from H into itself, <strong>the</strong>n S(E) is a compact ellipsoid.<br />

LEMMA 6.0. If E = E({b,), {c&) is a compact ellipsoid <strong>and</strong> P is<br />

a f.d.p.,<br />

P(E) = WQ, GM), bn 10, fin 109<br />

<strong>the</strong>n /3, < b, for all n.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. We may assume <strong>the</strong> {q,} are complete. Given n let G, be<br />

<strong>the</strong> linear span <strong>of</strong> #r ,..., #, . G, has at least one-dimensional intersection<br />

with <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> vectors u orthogonal to P(yJ, j = l,..., n - 1.<br />

If also u E P(E) <strong>the</strong>n 11 u 11 < 11 Pv I/ for some v E E({b,}, {q~~}~&, so<br />

11 u II < b, <strong>and</strong> hence p, < b, . Q.E.D.<br />

Now we find <strong>the</strong> exponents <strong>of</strong> volume <strong>of</strong> ellipsoids.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.1.<br />

EV(E) = EW(E) = - ; - & .<br />

2 For <strong>the</strong> equivalence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> definitions, see R. T. Prosser. The r-entropy <strong>and</strong> e-capa-<br />

city <strong>of</strong> certain time-varying channels. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 16 (1966), 553-573.


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 313<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Lemma 6.0 implies that<br />

v, = w, = cnb,b2 * ** b, for all n.<br />

Let B be <strong>the</strong> unit ball E({l)) in H. Then<br />

V,(B) = W,(B) = c, .<br />

Using (5.11) <strong>and</strong> (5.12) <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> is complete.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.2. For any compact ellipsoid E = E({b,}),<br />

Thus if EV(E) ( - +, E is volumetric.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>.3 We have Y > A by Propositions 5.8 <strong>and</strong> 6.1, <strong>and</strong> r < h by<br />

Proposition 5.7. The second conclusion follows <strong>the</strong>n from 6.1 <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> “volumetric” (just before Conjecture 5.9).<br />

PROPOSITION 6.3. The following are equivalent :<br />

(a) E = E({b,)) is a GC-set<br />

(b) E is a GB-set<br />

(c) C& bn2 < co (E is a “Schmidt ellipsoid”).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. (a) implies (b) clearly if E is compact; if not, both fail.<br />

If (b) holds, <strong>and</strong> A is <strong>the</strong> linear operator such that A(y,) = b,v,, ,<br />

L o A has a version continuous on H (Theorem 4.3(e) above). It<br />

is known that this is true if <strong>and</strong> only if A is a Hilbert-Schmidt oper-<br />

ator (see [8], Lemma 4, p. 344). Thus (b) <strong>and</strong> (c) are equivalent.<br />

Next, assume (c). Then for some k, 7 GO, C kn2bn2 < CO. Let<br />

El = E {k,b,)). Th en E is El-compact <strong>and</strong> not maximal, so by<br />

Theorem 4.7, E is a GC-set. Q.E.D.<br />

It follows immediately from <strong>the</strong> above results that Conjectures<br />

3.3, 5.4, <strong>and</strong> 5.9 all hold for ellipsoids.<br />

Now we turn to our second class <strong>of</strong> examples. Let {Fm} be an<br />

increasing sequence <strong>of</strong> subspaces <strong>of</strong> H with F, n-dimensional,<br />

n = 0, 1, 2 ,... . Let b, 1 0. Specializing [14], we define <strong>the</strong> full<br />

approximation set A = A({b,}) as<br />

{X : for all 71, 11 x - yn I/ < b, for some y, inFn}.<br />

s r = I\ is also proved by Prosser; see op. cit. in previous footnote.


314 DUDLEY<br />

It is easy to see that A 1 E({b,}). Also we can choose ylt in<br />

A n F, 3 A, . Hence {b,} is adapted to A <strong>and</strong> A is simply a maximal<br />

set having (b,) as an adapted sequence.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.4. r(A) = X({b,}). If EV(A) < - Q <strong>the</strong>n A is<br />

volumetric.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Since A 3 E({b,}), we have r(A) > r(E) = h({b,}) by<br />

Proposition 6.2. r < h by Proposition 5.7, so r = A.<br />

If EV(A) = - + - 6, 6 > 0, <strong>the</strong>n EV(E({b,})) < - 3 - 6 so<br />

Y(A) = h({b,}) = r(E) = - 2/(1 + 2EV(zz)) < l/6<br />

= l/(- 8 - EV(L4)) = - 2/(1 + 2EV(A)).<br />

The converse inequality holds by Proposition 5.8 (a), so A is<br />

volumetric. Q.E.D.<br />

Note that <strong>the</strong> ellipsoid E with same parameters {b,}, included in A,<br />

also has <strong>the</strong> same exponent <strong>of</strong> entropy <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> same exponent <strong>of</strong><br />

volume if that <strong>of</strong> ei<strong>the</strong>r is less than - &. We have proved Conjectures<br />

5.9 <strong>and</strong> (hence) 5.4 for A. Conjecture 3.3 also holds since if r(A) > 2<br />

<strong>the</strong>n r(E) > 2 <strong>and</strong> 3.3 holds for ellipsoids.<br />

The condition 2 bn2 < CQ is clearly necessary for A({b,)) to be a<br />

GB-set but I don’t know whe<strong>the</strong>r it is sufficient for A to be a GC-set<br />

or GB-set.<br />

Next we consider <strong>the</strong> rectangular solid or “block”<br />

We assume as usual b, .lO <strong>and</strong>, to assure B C H, C bm2 < co.<br />

(Since Wd) 1 E(W), no GB-sets are lost here.) For blocks we<br />

shall not find adapted subspaces, but we shall characterize GC-<br />

blocks <strong>and</strong> GB-blocks <strong>and</strong> verify <strong>the</strong> three conjectures.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.5. If h = h({b,}), t = EV(B({b,})), <strong>and</strong> I = r(B),<br />

<strong>the</strong>n t = - l/h = - & - l/r if any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se terms is less than - 4<br />

( i.e., if t < - 4, h < 2 or I < a~). Thus under <strong>the</strong>se conditions B<br />

is volumetric.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Given 6 > 0, we have for n large enough<br />

b,, < VA” < nt+‘,<br />

so h < - l/t if t < 0. Thus by 5.8 (b), any <strong>of</strong> our hypo<strong>the</strong>ses implies<br />

x < 2.


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 315<br />

Then by 5.2 we have for n large enough<br />

b, < n-llLw)<br />

so for 6 < 2 - X we have for k large<br />

so letting S JO we have by Proposition 5.7<br />

r < l/C- Q + l/N < a<br />

so by 5.8 t < - & <strong>and</strong> r > - 2/(1 + 2t), so<br />

Thus Conjectures 5.4 <strong>and</strong> 5.9 hold for blocks.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.6. The following are equivalent:<br />

(4 c bn I L(%J I converges with probability I;<br />

(b) C b, < ~0;<br />

(cl B = WJ) is included in some GC-ellipsoid;<br />

(d) B is a GC-set;<br />

(e) B is a GB-set.<br />

Q.E.D.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. (a) implies (b) by an application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> three-series <strong>the</strong>orem<br />

([131, P. 237).<br />

If C b, < co, we let<br />

an = (6” glbj)li2.<br />

Then E({a,}) is a GC-ellipsoid by 6.3, <strong>and</strong> B C E, so (b) implies (c).<br />

Clearly (c) implies (d) which implies (e).<br />

If B is a GB-set, <strong>the</strong>n for almost every w, <strong>the</strong>re is an M < co<br />

such that<br />

2 w4w) b> G M<br />

j-1<br />

for all possible choices <strong>of</strong> So = f 1. Hence (a) holds, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong><br />

is complete.


316 DUDLEY<br />

Now if a block B is a GB-set, <strong>the</strong>n r(B) < 2 by (c) so Conjecture 3.3<br />

holds for blocks.<br />

If r(B) < 2 <strong>and</strong> E is <strong>the</strong> ellipsoid <strong>of</strong> (c), <strong>the</strong>n it is easily shown that<br />

r(B) < r(E) < 2.<br />

Next we discuss some o<strong>the</strong>r classes <strong>of</strong> subsets <strong>of</strong> H: orthogonal<br />

sets S({b,)) <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir closed symmetric convex hulls, octahedra<br />

Oc ({b,}). These sets refute a number <strong>of</strong> conjectures which up to now<br />

might have seemed plausible (cf. Propositions 6.7, 6.9, 6.10, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

remarks between <strong>and</strong> after <strong>the</strong>m) while satisfying Conjectures 3.3,<br />

5.4, <strong>and</strong> 5.9.<br />

Given b, JO <strong>and</strong> {p),} an orthonormal basis let<br />

s = ww = K9 ” @n%x~1 3<br />

Oc = Oc ({b,}) = symmetric closed convex hull <strong>of</strong> S<br />

In this case, as for ellipsoids but not blocks, <strong>the</strong> {vn} <strong>and</strong> {b,} are<br />

adapted to Oc ({b,)). It is easy to see that<br />

iv (Oc, 4 >, N(S, 4 = 4Y%J, 424 f 4 + B<br />

for all E > 0 such that b, = E for at most one value <strong>of</strong> n.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.7. The following are equivalent :<br />

(a) Oc ({b,}) is a GC-set;<br />

(b) S({b,)) is a GC-set;<br />

(c) b, = 0 (log n)-112.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Clearly (a) +- (b). T o p rove <strong>the</strong> converse, note that (b) is<br />

equivalent to b,L(y,,) -+ 0 as n -+ co with probability one. Given<br />

E > 0, for almost all w <strong>the</strong>re is an N such that for all n > N,<br />

I b%?%J (0) I < E/4*<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>re is a 6 > 0 such that whenever X, y E Oc ({b,}) <strong>and</strong><br />

II x -Y II -=c 69<br />

<strong>and</strong> we infer (a).


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 317<br />

Now (b) is equivalent by <strong>the</strong> zero-one law ([13] A, p. 228) to <strong>the</strong><br />

following: for any E > 0,<br />

or<br />

i L<br />

n-1 I<br />

eox2J2 dx < co.<br />

00<br />

e-x2/2 dx is asymptotic to e-M2/2/M.<br />

As is well known, an integration by parts shows that as M --+ co,<br />

s M<br />

Thus (b) is equivalent to<br />

5 b, exp (- c2/2bn2) < co.<br />

n-1<br />

Letting b, = olyr (log n)-l12, n > 2, we obtain <strong>the</strong> series<br />

f c$(log 4-l/2 d’~,a. (63)<br />

n=2<br />

If (c) holds, i.e., ollt --t 0, <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> terms <strong>of</strong> (6.8) become less than<br />

W-~ for n large, so (b) holds.<br />

Conversely suppose (c) is false, so that for some 6 > 0, ol, > 6<br />

for arbitrarily large values <strong>of</strong> 7t. For such an n <strong>and</strong> nil2 42.<br />

>, & - ?.w - 1)/2?21’2 log n + co<br />

as n + co (recall that 6 is independent <strong>of</strong> n). Thus (6.8) diverges <strong>and</strong><br />

(b) fails, so (b) 3 (c). Q.E.D.


318 DUDLEY<br />

PROPOSITION 6.9. The following are equivalent:<br />

(a) Oc ({b,}) is a GB-set;<br />

(b) S({b,}) is a GB-set;<br />

(c) b, = O((log $-l/2).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. We use some notation <strong>and</strong> results <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> previous pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />

(By <strong>the</strong> way, note that Theorem 4.7 <strong>and</strong> ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>of</strong> 6.7 <strong>and</strong> 6.9 make<br />

<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r at least very plausible.) Here <strong>the</strong> equivalence <strong>of</strong> (a) <strong>and</strong> (b)<br />

is obvious. (b) is equivalent to <strong>the</strong> statement that for some M > 0,<br />

4t I GJTJ I < M f or n sufficiently large, with probability 1, or that<br />

(6.8) converges for E = M. If (c) holds, i.e., if for some N > 0,<br />

1 ollz 1 < N for all n, we can let M = 2N <strong>and</strong> infer (b). If {OIJ is<br />

unbounded, <strong>the</strong>n given M we choose n so that 01, > 2M. Then<br />

01~ > M for n1i2 < j < n,<br />

C<br />

d’= 0. Thus (b) implies (c). Q.E.D.<br />

We infer from Propositions 6.3 <strong>and</strong> 6.7 that a GC-set, Oc ({l/log n)),<br />

is not included in any GB-ellipsoid, since<br />

F2 u(logn)2 = + cc<br />

(see [1.5], Lemma 2).<br />

We next show that <strong>the</strong> GC- <strong>and</strong> GB-properties are not monotone<br />

functions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> “size” <strong>of</strong> a set as measured by volumes V, or by<br />

e-entropy.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.10. There exist a GC-set Oc = Oc ({a,}) <strong>and</strong> u<br />

non-GB-ellipsoid E = E({b,J) such that<br />

(a) H(E, e)/H(Oc, c) --+ 0 as c: JO,<br />

(b) V,(E)/&(Oc) -+ 0 as n + 00.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. We let a, = an(log n)-l12, n > 2, where 01~ J 0 sufficiently<br />

slowly; for definiteness we can let 0~~ = (log log n)-l14, n > 3. Let<br />

b, = (n log n log log ?z)-1’2, n > 3.


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 319<br />

Then Oc is a GC-set <strong>and</strong> E is not a GB-set. T/,(E) is asymptotic to a<br />

constant times<br />

<strong>and</strong> for 12 large,<br />

($yiZ n-112 (y2 n-114 5 (logj log logj)-112,<br />

Vn(Oc) > ($” (3774-1’2 fJ q(logj)-r’~,<br />

j=2<br />

Thus <strong>the</strong>re is a K > 0 such that for n large,<br />

Vn(E)/Vm(Oc) < K fi (4n2/log log j)l14,<br />

j=3<br />

which implies (b).<br />

To prove (a) it suffices to show that<br />

as E 1 0. Let S = S({a,)).<br />

Given E > 0, let<br />

fq-q(n 1% w2>>, 4/~(~(~~~~), 4 + 0<br />

N(S, c) = n = n((uj}, 6) + g rt * .<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> slow growth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> logarithms, this implies that, for c<br />

small enough,<br />

l/98 < (log n)2 log log n < l/8,<br />

log It < l/8, log log ?z < 2 log (l/E),<br />

H(S, l ) = log ?z 2 1/5q1og (l/E))““.<br />

To estimate iV(E, E) from above we take <strong>the</strong> smallest integer 7t such<br />

that<br />

(n log .)-l12 < 42, i.e., n log n > 4/c2.<br />

For E small enough this implies n log n < 5/e2. Now<br />

where<br />

N(E, 4 < w% , 42) d WL 9 4)<br />

Em = E(W), Bn = B(GW,<br />

pi = ( j log j)-l12, j = 2 ,..., n, j!15 = 0, j > n.


320 DUDLEY<br />

By Lemma 5.6, for E small <strong>and</strong> hence for n large enough,<br />

N(& ) E/2) < fi (2 + nl’2( j log$l’“/~)<br />

j=2<br />

(Note: <strong>the</strong> logarithms have served to make n smaller, but <strong>the</strong>y<br />

are no longer needed.)<br />

For n large we have n! > (n/e)“, so<br />

N(E, l ) < (3e/0z112)” = exp {n[log 3 + 1 + log (l/c) - 3 log n]}.<br />

Since n < 5/e2, we have, for E small enough,<br />

log n < log 5 + 2 log (l/c) < 3 log (l/c),<br />

n > 4/e2 log n > 4/3c2 log (l/c),<br />

log 12 > log (4/3) + 2 log (l/E) - log log (l/E),<br />

H(E, 6) < 5[3 + log log (1 /c)]/e” log (1 /e).<br />

Thus H(E, e)/H(S, e) -+ 0 as E J 0. Q.E.D.<br />

Suppose given a sufficient condition that a set C be a GC-set,<br />

asserting that H(C, 6) is sufficiently small (e.g., Theorem 2.1) or<br />

that <strong>the</strong> V,(C) are sufficiently small (e.g., Proposition 5.5, Conjecture<br />

5.4). Then <strong>the</strong> GC-octahedron <strong>of</strong> Proposition 6.10 will never satisfy<br />

such a condition since <strong>the</strong> ellipsoid does not. Hence no such<br />

sufficient conditon can be necessary.<br />

In <strong>the</strong> converse direction, likewise, a sufficient condition for a Banach<br />

ball not to be a GB-set such as Theorem 5.3 or Conjecture 3.3 cannot<br />

be necessary.<br />

<strong>On</strong>e may, however, seek “best possible” conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> given<br />

kinds. In <strong>the</strong> four cases, Theorem 3.1 has a fairly strong claim to be<br />

best (see <strong>the</strong> next section). Theorem 5.3 has a weaker claim. Conjec-<br />

tures 3.3 <strong>and</strong> 5.4, if <strong>the</strong>y are true, could probably be improved upon.<br />

The volume <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> n-dimensional octahedron<br />

is 2”/n!, which is asymptotic to (2e)“/n”(2m)1/2 by Stirling’s formula.<br />

Thus by 5.11 <strong>and</strong> 5.12


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 321<br />

A sequence b, J- 0 such that A({&}) < co is o((log n)-li2) (cf. end<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> Proposition 6.7). Thus conjecture 5.4 holds for octa-<br />

hedra. The next proposition implies that conjecture 5.9 also holds for<br />

octahedra.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.12. Let X = A({&}), s = EV(Oc ({b,))), I = t(Oc).<br />

Then r = - 2/(2s + 1) = 2h/(2 + X) ;f any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se terms is less than<br />

2 (i.e., if r < 2, s < - 1, or X < co). Thus under <strong>the</strong>se conditions<br />

Oc is volumetric.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. r > - 2/p + 1) in general by 5.8 (a). If s < 1, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

X < co <strong>and</strong> s > - 1 - l/h by 6.11. Thus any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hypo<strong>the</strong>ses<br />

implies X < co, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n l/X >, - 1 - s,<br />

W(2 + 4 = 2/((2/4 + 1) < - 2/p + 1)<br />

ifs < - 4. It will now suffice to show that if h < co,<br />

r < 2/((2/4 + 1)<br />

(since <strong>the</strong>n Y < 2 <strong>and</strong> s < - 1 < - +).<br />

Let 0 < y < l/X. Then for n large enough, b, < l/n7 by 5.2.<br />

Thus for some K > 0, Oc ({b,}) C KC, where C, = Oc ((l@)),<br />

<strong>and</strong> r(Oc) < r(KC,) = r(C,). Thus it is enough to prove that<br />

+q < 2/u + &).<br />

For x in C, , we have<br />

x = 1 xjP)jl!P, Cbjl 0, let A(x) be <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all j such that<br />

1 x, 1 > j2Q2/4.<br />

Then <strong>the</strong> number m <strong>of</strong> integers in A(x) satisfies<br />

m1+2y/(l + 2~) = Sr x2Y dx < ,gi jay < 41~~.<br />

Let (II < /3 < y. Then for some c(r),<br />

m < c(.y)/&U+2v) < &/U+W)<br />

for E small enough. (Of course m depends on y <strong>and</strong> E).


322 DUDLEY<br />

The largest integer N in A(x) is at most (2/e)lly. Thus <strong>the</strong> number<br />

<strong>of</strong> possible choices <strong>of</strong> A(x) is at most<br />

N<br />

llz < N” < exp (c(y) log (~/E)/~E~/(~+~Y))<br />

( 1<br />

< exp (@/(l+W))<br />

for E small enough. For any x in C, ,<br />

Thus<br />

WC, ,4 G C WyW, 42)<br />

A<br />

where <strong>the</strong> sum is over <strong>the</strong> possible sets A = A(x) <strong>and</strong> C,(A) is <strong>the</strong><br />

set <strong>of</strong> all sums<br />

Here we use a crude estimate from Lemma 5.6 to obtain for E small<br />

enough<br />

N(C, , E) < exp (~-~/(l+~fl)) (3&“/c)”<br />

< exp (~-~/(l+~)).<br />

Thus r(C,,) < 2/(1 + 201). Letting 01 t fl t y we infer<br />

r(q) < 2/u + 2r). Q.E.D.<br />

By Proposition 6.9, to prove Conjecture 3.3 for octahedra its uffices<br />

to prove <strong>the</strong> following, where a, = (log n)-lj2, n > 2.<br />

PROPOSITION 6.13. r(Oc ({am})) = 2.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Y > 2 since this Oc is not a GC-set (Corollary 3.2, Propo-<br />

sition 6.7), or by volumes (5.8 (a) <strong>and</strong> 6.11).<br />

To prove Y < 2 we shall use <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> previous pro<strong>of</strong> with<br />

some additional complications. Let E > 0 <strong>and</strong> 6 > 0. Given x in Oc<br />

let A(x) be <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all j such that<br />

1 Xj 1 > l 2/4Uj2 = (C” lOgj)/4* j 2 2.<br />

Then (for E small enough) A(x) has at most 4/e2 elements. The


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 323<br />

largest possible integer 12 in A(x) satisfies n < exp (4/e2). For any x<br />

in Oc<br />

Let Q(c) be <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> possible sets A(x) for a given E > 0. Then<br />

by Lemma 5.6,<br />

N(Oc, E) < Q(c) (~/E~)~/s’ < Q(c) exp (e-“-*)<br />

for E small enough.<br />

(The estimate Q(e) < n41cB < exp (161~~) is clearly inadequate.)<br />

Let s be a positive integer such that l/s < 8. For I = 0, l,..., s - 1,<br />

let<br />

Z,, = {j : 4.5-2r’s < log j < 4e-2(r+1)/r}.<br />

If j E A(x) n Z,, , <strong>the</strong>n<br />

so <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> elements <strong>of</strong> A(x) n Z,, is at most e2(r-8)/8. Thus <strong>the</strong><br />

number <strong>of</strong> ways <strong>of</strong> choosing A(x) n Z,, is at most<br />

[exp (46-2(r+1)/s)lr*(r-r)‘I = exp [4e-2w+1)/s E2w-8)/s] < exp (E-2u+8))s<br />

Thus for E small enough<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

Q(E) Q 2e4 exp (s~-~(l+a)) < exp (E-S-~*),<br />

N(Oc, c) < exp (e-2-58).<br />

Letting 6 1 0 we get r(Oc) < 2. Q.E.D.<br />

Next we show that EW(C) may be strictly smaller than EV(C). Let<br />

c = oc ({2/(2~ + 1))) x qw4),<br />

a Banach ball in H x H which <strong>of</strong> course is a separable Hilbert space.<br />

Then subspaces adapted to C are uniquely determined, with<br />

%, = 2p + 11, %+I = ll(n + 1).<br />

It follows easily that EW(C) = - 7/4. Taking projections <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

ellipsoid only we get EV(C) > - 3/2. By 5.8 (a), 6.2, <strong>and</strong> 6.12 we<br />

obtain Y(C) = 1, EV(C) = - 3/2. Thus in measuring volumes it<br />

seems better to use EV primarily, as we have done, ra<strong>the</strong>r than EW,


324 DUDLEY<br />

since, e.g., Conjecture 5.9 is false if EV is replaced by EW, <strong>and</strong> Y <strong>and</strong><br />

EW are no functions <strong>of</strong> each o<strong>the</strong>r over a reasonable range.<br />

We have not evaluated EV(Oc {b,)) if A({b,}) = + co, although<br />

<strong>the</strong>n for (b,} bounded we have EW(Oc) = - 1. Thus it is conceivable<br />

that Conjecture 5.9 could hold even for EV < - 4, but it seems<br />

unlikely.<br />

7. PROCESSES ON EUCLIDEAN SPACES<br />

In this section we apply Theorem 3.1 to Gaussian processes over<br />

a finite-dimensional Euclidean parameter set, e.g., <strong>the</strong> usual one<br />

dimensional “time”. Conjecture 3.3 is also verified in certain cases.<br />

Since any compact Banach ball is a continuous image <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unit<br />

interval,4 our hypo<strong>the</strong>ses in general do not restrict <strong>the</strong> geometry <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> Banach balls in H which arise, <strong>and</strong> we do not try to evaluate <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

volumes.<br />

THEOREM 7.1 (Fernique [7], [7a] for T = cube). Suppose (x1, t E T}<br />

is a Gaussian process where T is a bounded subset <strong>of</strong> Rk. Suppose q.~<br />

is a nonnegative real-valued function such that<br />

(a) Ej~~--x~1~ 0 such that<br />

N(T, 6) < A/Sk for all s>o<br />

(see [I2], Section 3, I, p. 20; cf. also Lemma 5.6 above). (b) <strong>and</strong> (c)<br />

imply ~(8) J 0 as 6 J, 0.<br />

For any E > 0 let<br />

s = F(E) = sup {t : q(t) <


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 325<br />

Let 6, = Y(1/2”), defined <strong>and</strong> positive for n large enough (unless<br />

y 3 0, in which case <strong>the</strong> conclusion is trivial). Then 6, 4 0 as n --+ co.<br />

Now<br />

so<br />

NC, 1/w < &$znk,<br />

H(C, l/2”) < log A + k log (l/S,).<br />

Let .v~ = (log (1/S,J)li2. By Th eorem 3.1 it suffices to prove that<br />

(Note how <strong>the</strong> dimension becomes irrelevant.)<br />

Now<br />

so<br />

I<br />

p)(e-2’) > l/2” for %a-1 < x < XT& ,<br />

IN cp(e-““) a% >, g (xn+l - x,)/2”+’ =<br />

n-N<br />

*sg+l %P - f %n/2*+1<br />

m--N<br />

= 8 n ;+l %P - x,PN+‘,<br />

so <strong>the</strong> required series converges. Q.E.D.<br />

Fernique [7j shows that Theorem 7.1 is optimal <strong>of</strong> its kind in a<br />

sense, even for k = 1, since if<br />

i<br />

m<br />

fp(e-““) dx = + cc<br />

<strong>and</strong> CJZ<br />

satisfies some additional mild monotonicity assumptions, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

counterexamples to sample continuity exist. However, note that we<br />

may take a process xf on T = [0, l] satisfying <strong>the</strong> hypo<strong>the</strong>ses <strong>of</strong><br />

Theorem 7.1 <strong>and</strong> transform it by a “steep” homeomorphism f <strong>of</strong> T,<br />

e.g.f(t) = l/log (l/t), into a process x!(t) which may no longer satisfy<br />

7.1. (c) but <strong>of</strong> course is still sample-continuous. The E-entropy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

range is unchanged, so Theorem 3.1 applies to xtfl) <strong>and</strong> has a broader<br />

range <strong>of</strong> applications. Note however that such a transformation<br />

destroys stationarity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> process, <strong>and</strong> for stationary processes<br />

Theorem 7.1 may be essentially <strong>the</strong> best possible.


326 DUDLEY<br />

It has been shown [A that for T an interval, hypo<strong>the</strong>sis (c) <strong>of</strong><br />

Theorem 7.1 can be replaced by any <strong>of</strong> several conditions, <strong>of</strong> which<br />

<strong>the</strong> best ([4J p. 186, 3”) seems to be<br />

f 2k’2[,(1/29’/” < co.<br />

k=l<br />

But this condition is easily shown to imply Fernique’s.<br />

Next we discuss r<strong>and</strong>om Fourier series <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> work <strong>of</strong> Kahane [IO].<br />

Let {xt , t E R) be a Gaussian process, stationary <strong>and</strong> periodic <strong>of</strong><br />

period 27r. [Note: Fernique’s counterexamples showing that Theo-<br />

rem 7.1 (c) cannot be improved are all <strong>of</strong> this type, so <strong>the</strong> additional<br />

hypo<strong>the</strong>ses do not change that situation.) We assume xt is continuous<br />

in probability <strong>and</strong> that Ex, z 0. It is <strong>the</strong>n well known <strong>and</strong> not hard<br />

to prove that a version <strong>of</strong> xt is given by<br />

q(u) = 9 + f f3,(& sin nt + 7n cos nt),<br />

n-1<br />

(1”)<br />

where <strong>the</strong> &(o) <strong>and</strong> Q( w ) are all independent, normalized Gaussian<br />

r<strong>and</strong>om variables <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> /3, are nonnegative constants, C &a < 00.<br />

(Conversely, any such series (1”) defines a process <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> given type.)<br />

Kahane [JO] assumes /3,, = 0, which does not affect <strong>the</strong> sample<br />

continuity.<br />

Let<br />

11.+,‘+1<br />

ti2 = c &2.<br />

s--e'+1<br />

(Note: ti are not values <strong>of</strong> t!) Kahane ([IO], p. 2, Theoremes 3, 4)<br />

proves <strong>the</strong><br />

THEOREM. The condition C& t, < co is necessary for sample<br />

continuity or boundedness <strong>of</strong> xt <strong>and</strong>, if <strong>the</strong> ta are decreasing, also s@icient<br />

(even for almost sure uniform convergence <strong>of</strong> ( 1”)).<br />

Nei<strong>the</strong>r half <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> above <strong>the</strong>orem will be proved here, <strong>and</strong> I<br />

doubt that <strong>the</strong> methods <strong>of</strong> this paper would give such a complete<br />

result. However, it will be shown that Conjecture 3.3 holds to <strong>the</strong><br />

extent that Kahane’s ra<strong>the</strong>r sharp result applies. Also we shall treat<br />

some additional cases where Kahane’s <strong>the</strong>orem does not apply but<br />

<strong>the</strong> conjecture still holds.<br />

PROPOSITION 7.2. Suppose t, > t, 2 - -- <strong>and</strong> C t, < 00. Let S<br />

be <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all xI in H. Then r(S) < 2.


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 327<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. We can restrict ourselves to 0 < t < 2~. For any s <strong>and</strong> t<br />

in (0, 271),<br />

Let<br />

Jws - 4”) = E 1 rnfl /%A( cos 11s - cos nt) + fimTn(sin tls - sin &)I21<br />

= 2 f pm2(1 - cos (n(s - t))).<br />

n-1<br />

B” = ;l Pm2 = gl ti2, b = gl ti .<br />

Given E > 0, we choose a minimal M(E) such that<br />

For all x, 1 - cos x < x2, so if<br />

<strong>the</strong>n<br />

Hence<br />

1 s - t ) < 42@M,<br />

2 5 /3%2(1 - cos (n(s - t))) < q4<br />

n-1<br />

N(S, E) < 2 %h,BM/e + 1.<br />

Now M(C) < 2i for <strong>the</strong> least i such that<br />

For any 6 > 0,<br />

for l small enough by (5.2). Thus<br />

n({ti}, l 2/8b) < ( 1/e2)l+*<br />

M(r) < 2.~-~‘~+5’<br />

for E small enough. Hence r(S) < 2. Q.E.D.<br />

PROPOSITION 7.3. If C /Ia < co, <strong>the</strong>n series (1”) conwerges uni-


328 DUDLEY<br />

formly in t with probability 1, so xt is sample-continuous. Then if X<br />

is <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all x1 in H, r(X) < 2.<br />

Pyo<strong>of</strong>. CMIt,I + hlbndh ence (1”) converge uniformly in t<br />

by <strong>the</strong> three-series <strong>the</strong>orem. We represent X in H as follows: let<br />

{qn} be an orthonormal basis, <strong>and</strong><br />

X = I f &J{cos nt) y2% + (sin nt) y+i] : 0 4 t < 27f<br />

t .<br />

n=1<br />

Then X C B({b,)) where /I, = bznmI = b,, , <strong>and</strong> C b, < a~. As<br />

remarked after Proposition 6.6, r(B) < 2, SO r(X) < 2. Q.E.D.<br />

For “lacunary” r<strong>and</strong>om Fourier series <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form<br />

%(a) = fj Igk!s&J) cos bk%<br />

k=l<br />

where nkfl/nk > y > 1 for all k, & > 0 <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> & are independent<br />

normalized Gaussian r<strong>and</strong>om variables, it is easy to see that C t, < 00<br />

implies C & < co. Thus Kahane’s <strong>the</strong>orem <strong>and</strong> Proposition 7.3<br />

toge<strong>the</strong>r imply that Conjecture 3.3 holds for lacunary series (without<br />

any fur<strong>the</strong>r monotonicity assumptions).<br />

8. COMMENTS ON THE CONJECTURES<br />

Of <strong>the</strong> three Conjectures 3.3,5.4, <strong>and</strong> 5.9, Conjecture 5.4 is supported<br />

by 5.9 which has nothing a priori to do with Gaussian processes.<br />

<strong>On</strong>e might seek similar support for 3.3. But Y(C) > 2 does not imply<br />

(for octahedra) that <strong>the</strong> W,(C) are too large to satisfy Theorem 5.3.<br />

However, Theorem 5.3 may not be <strong>the</strong> best possible, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> largest<br />

V,(C) <strong>and</strong> W,(C) I know for a GB-set C are those <strong>of</strong> Oc({K(log n)-‘j2}),<br />

K > 0, namely<br />

VJC) 2 W,(C) = $ fi (logj)-1’2.<br />

* 3=2<br />

The following approach to some <strong>of</strong> our problems might seem<br />

natural, Given E > 0 <strong>and</strong> C, C Rn, let C,c be <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> points within<br />

E <strong>of</strong> C, . Then<br />

N(G ,24 B L.(C,“)lW.<br />

For C, convex, X,(C,S) can be expressed in terms <strong>of</strong> “mixed volumes”


SIZES OF COMPACT SUBSETS OF HILBERT SPACE 329<br />

<strong>of</strong> C, (Bonnesen <strong>and</strong> Fenchel [.?I, Paragraph 29, p. 38; Paragraph 32,<br />

p. 49; Paragraph 38, p. 61). I believe some estimates <strong>of</strong> Santalb [16]<br />

are <strong>of</strong> this sort.<br />

However, such estimates do not seem adequate for our purposes.<br />

Consider for example Oc ({log n)-‘l”)). To estimate N(Oc, E) is more<br />

or less equivalent to estimating N(Oc, , c/2) where Oc, is <strong>the</strong> intersection<br />

<strong>of</strong> Oc with <strong>the</strong> span <strong>of</strong> v1 ,..., vn , <strong>and</strong> n is approximately<br />

e4/Ea. Then every point <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> boundary <strong>of</strong> Oc, is at least (n log n)-li2<br />

from <strong>the</strong> origin, so<br />

AJoc,q > c&y 1 + 1/2n19n,<br />

Wk%~~ B exp (Y exp W2))<br />

if y < Q <strong>and</strong> 12 is large enough. Thus this method seems quite inferior<br />

to that used to prove Proposition 6.13, in this case, since it produces<br />

an extra exponentiation.<br />

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS<br />

I am greatly indebted to Volker Strassen for <strong>the</strong> idea <strong>of</strong> introducing a-entropy into<br />

<strong>the</strong> study <strong>of</strong> sample continuity <strong>of</strong> Gaussian processes, <strong>and</strong> for <strong>the</strong> statement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

result which now appears as Corollary 3.2.<br />

Ano<strong>the</strong>r main result, Theorem 5.3, is proved using L.A. Santalb’s <strong>the</strong>orem [17] on<br />

volumes <strong>of</strong> convex symmetric sets <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir polars. I thank G. D. Chakerian for<br />

telling me <strong>of</strong> Santalb’s result via a network <strong>of</strong> mutual friends.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

1. BAMBAH, R. P., Polar reciprocal convex bodies. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Sot. 51<br />

(1955), 377-378.<br />

2. BELYAEV, Yu. K., Continuity <strong>and</strong> Hijlder’s conditions for sample functions <strong>of</strong><br />

stationary Gaussian processes. Proc. Fourth Berkeley Symp. Math. Stat. Prob.<br />

2 (1961), 23-34.<br />

3. BONNESEN, T. AND FENCHEL, W., “Theorie der Konvexen Kiirper.” Springer,<br />

Berlin, 1934.<br />

4. DELPORTE, J., Fonctions alCatoires presque sQrement continues sur un intervalle<br />

fern& Amt. Inst. Henri PoincarL B.1 (1964), 111-215.<br />

5. DOOB, J. L., “Stochastic Processes.” Wiley, New York, 1953.<br />

6. DUDLEY, R. M., Weak convergence <strong>of</strong> probabilities on non-separable metric<br />

spaces <strong>and</strong> empirical measures on Euclidean spaces. IZZ. I. Math. 10 (1966),<br />

109-126.<br />

7. FJSRNIQIJE, Xavier, Continuitb des processes Gaussiens, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci<br />

Paris 258 (1964), 6058-60.<br />

7a. hRNIQUB, Xavier, Continuitl de certains processus Gaussiens. Sbm. R. Fortet,<br />

Inst. Henri Poincarb, Paris, 1965.


DUDLEY<br />

8. GELFAND, I. M. AND VILENKIN, N. YA., “Generalized Functions, Vol. 4: Applica-<br />

tions <strong>of</strong> Harmonic Analysis (translated by Amiel Feinstein). Academic Press,<br />

New York, 1964.<br />

9. GROSS, L., Measurable functions on Hilbert space. Trans. Am. Math. Sot. 105<br />

(1962), 372-390.<br />

10. KAHANE, J.-P., Proprietis locales des fonctions a series de Fourier aleatoires,<br />

Studiu Math. 19 (1960), l-25.<br />

11. KELLEY, J. L., “General Topology.” Van Nostr<strong>and</strong>, Princeton, New Jersey, 1955.<br />

12. KOLMOGOROV, A. N. AND TIKHOMIROV, V. M., c-entropy <strong>and</strong> e-capacity <strong>of</strong> sets in<br />

function spaces (in Russian), Usp. Mat. Nuuk 14 (1959), l-86. [English transl.:<br />

Am. Math. Sot. Trunsl. 17 (1961), 277-364.1<br />

13. Lo&, M., “Probability Theory” (2nd ed.). Van Nostr<strong>and</strong>, Princeton, New Jersey,<br />

1960.<br />

14. LORENTZ, G. G., Metric entropy <strong>and</strong> approximation. Bull. Am. Math. Sot. 72<br />

(1966) 903-937.<br />

15. MINLOS, R. A., Generalized r<strong>and</strong>om processes <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir extension to measures,<br />

Trudy Moskomk. Mat. Obsc. 8 (1959), 497-518. [English transl.: Selected Trunsl.<br />

Math. Stat. Prob. 3 (1963), 291-314.<br />

16. SANTAL~, L. A., Acotaciones para la longitud de una curva o para el numero de<br />

puntos necesarios para cubrir approximadente un dominio. An. Acud. Brusil.<br />

Ciencius 16 (1944), 111-121.<br />

17. SANTAL~, L. A., Un invariante aiin para 10s cuerpos convexos de1 espacio de<br />

n dimensiones. Portugal. Math. 8 (1950), 155-161.<br />

18. SEGAL, I. E., Tensor algebras over Hilbert spaces, I. Truns. Am. Math. SOC.<br />

81 (1956), 106-134.


JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 1, 331-341 (1967)<br />

Algebras with <strong>the</strong> Same Multiplicative Measures<br />

JOHN GARNETT* AND IRVING GLICKSBERG+<br />

Massachusetts Institute <strong>of</strong> Technology,<br />

Cambridge, Massachusetts <strong>and</strong> University <strong>of</strong> Washington, Seattle, Washington<br />

Communicated by John Wermer<br />

Received April 20, 1967<br />

This note is an addendum to [3] <strong>and</strong> our primary purpose is to<br />

improve some results given <strong>the</strong>re. For example, Corollary 2.5 <strong>of</strong> [3]<br />

is refined to assert (Theorem 1.7) that given algebras A C B C C(X)<br />

with (ball A-L)” having no completely singular elements, A = B pro-<br />

vided only that every multiplicative measure for A be multiplicative<br />

for B. We also show that when X is metric, M,(A) always contains an<br />

element A* for which f E C(X) n H2(A, A*) implies f E H2(A, A)<br />

for all X in M,(A), thus giving a general analog <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> strongly domi-<br />

nant representing measures <strong>of</strong> [2]. Finally a second section gives an<br />

application to rational approximation.<br />

1. Notations <strong>and</strong> definitions are as in [3]. By a “multiplicative<br />

measure” for A we mean as usual a probability measure on <strong>the</strong> under-<br />

lying space X which is multiplicative on A(hence in M,(A) for some<br />

9 E Vtm,); by a “complex multiplicative measure” we mean a measure<br />

which is multiplicative but not necessarily nonnegative or real.<br />

THEOREM 1 .l. Suppose A C B are subalgebras <strong>of</strong> C(X) <strong>and</strong><br />

vE);mg* If<br />

%(4 = Jf,(W, U-1)<br />

<strong>the</strong>n<br />

EP(A, A) = W(B, A) fm all h in M,(A). U-2)<br />

Thus by [3, Corollary 2.31, (1.1) implies that for b E B <strong>the</strong>re is a<br />

bounded sequence {a,} in A with a, -+ b a.e. A, for all h in M,(A).<br />

* Research sponsored by <strong>the</strong> Air Force Office <strong>of</strong> Scientific Research, Office <strong>of</strong><br />

Aerospace Research, United States Air Force, under AFOSR Grant No. 335-63.<br />

+ Work supported in part by <strong>the</strong> National Science Foundation.<br />

331


332 GARNETT AND GLICKSBERG<br />

Note that conversely (1.2) + (1.1) is trivial since X E M,(A) is<br />

multiplicative on H2(A, A), hence on B, while M,(B) C M,(A). To<br />

prove 1.1 it suffices to show f E B lies in H2(A, A) for a fixed h in<br />

M,(A), <strong>and</strong> we can assume v(f) = 0. Let f = u + iv with U, v real-<br />

valued. Since M,(A) = M,(B), J u dh’ = 0 for all A’ in M,(A), <strong>and</strong><br />

( 1.2) <strong>of</strong> [3] yields<br />

sup {Re p)(a) : a E A, Re a < U} = inf {h’(u) : A’ E M,(A)} = 0.<br />

Hence <strong>the</strong>re are f, = u, + iv, in A with u, < u <strong>and</strong><br />

u - u,, dh = 0 - Re I --f 0. s<br />

We can <strong>of</strong> course assume J v, dh = 0, <strong>and</strong> so we have elements<br />

<strong>of</strong> B with u - u, > 0,<br />

I<br />

f - fn = (u - 21,) + i(v - %I)<br />

v-wer,dh=O=lim u-uu,dA.<br />

I<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> first two <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se conditions, a classical inequality<br />

[6 P. 2541 appl ies, as was observed by Lumer [S]:<br />

(1 1 w - v, p/2 dq < 2 * j 24. - 24, dh. (1.3)<br />

Indeed, U = u - u, > 0 insures that <strong>the</strong> element<br />

u + iv = (u - un) + i(TJ - t+J<br />

<strong>of</strong> B has a root (U + iT/‘)l12 with positive real part in B, <strong>and</strong> since A is<br />

multiplicative on B,<br />

(1 my2 = (1 u + ivdy = J (U + ivy dA<br />

= Re I (U + iV)li2 dh > cos & 7r I ( U2 + V2)1/2’1/z dA<br />

2 -& J I v 11’2 dh.<br />

Without loss <strong>of</strong> generality we can assume CE==, J u - u, dh < CO,<br />

so Cl, (u - u,) < 00 a.e. A, <strong>and</strong> u, + u a.e. A; again we can assume


ALGEBRAS WITH THE SAME MULTIPLICATIVE MEASURES 333<br />

Cz==, ( J’u - u, dh)1/2 < co as well, so that by (1.3) v, -+ v a.e. h. But<br />

now et/n --+ en boundedly a.e. X for t > 0, so eIf E H2(A, h) by domi-<br />

nated convergence. Because f is continuous, t-l(e”f - 1) + f uni-<br />

formly as t L 0; so f E H2(A, A).<br />

We should remark that Theorem 1.1 is an easy consequence <strong>of</strong> [4,<br />

4.21. Indeed M,(A) = M+,(B) im pl ies, by that result, that for h E M,+,(A)<br />

<strong>and</strong> f = u + iv E B with y(f) = 0, u is <strong>the</strong> real part <strong>of</strong><br />

F = u + iV E H,2(A, X). So v - V = i(F -f) is in H,2(B, h), real-<br />

valued, hence zero since h is multiplicative on H2(B, A):<br />

J-(v- V)vh=(jv- q2=0.<br />

So f = F E H2(A, h).<br />

Before proceeding to <strong>the</strong> consequences <strong>of</strong> 1.1 we note that (1.1)<br />

infects entire parts.<br />

COROLLARY 1.2. Suppose A C B C C(X), q~ E %JIB , <strong>and</strong><br />

J%(A) = %W (1-l)<br />

Then <strong>the</strong> part PA in 1131, containing q~ coincides with <strong>the</strong> part PB in %I&,<br />

containing y, <strong>and</strong> (1.1) holds throughout <strong>the</strong> part.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>, Since H2(A, X) = H2(B, X) for all A in M,(A) by 1.1, we<br />

know from [3, Corollary 2.31 that for b E B <strong>the</strong>re is a bounded sequence<br />

{a,} in A that converges to b except on an M,(A)-null set. Since<br />

M,(A)-null sets <strong>and</strong> M,(A)-null sets coincide if $ lies in PA [3],<br />

a, + b except on an M&A)-null set, so that by dominated convergence<br />

each X in M,(A) is multiplicative on B, <strong>and</strong> all yield <strong>the</strong> same I,J in<br />

‘9JlB extending #, with, evidently,<br />

~$P) = ~,W. (I-4)<br />

Now (1.4) im pl ies 6 E PB since h in i&(B) = M,(A) <strong>and</strong> h’ in<br />

(1.4) are not always mutually singular. So each z+5 E PA is <strong>the</strong> restriction<br />

<strong>of</strong> a 4 in PB , while each such restriction lies in PA; since (1.4) implies<br />

$ -+ $ j A is l-l, we can identify both parts, <strong>and</strong> (1.4) becomes (1.1).<br />

Our next application <strong>of</strong> 1.1 reflects <strong>the</strong> fact that (1.1) has some<br />

continuity properties not at all apparent in (1.2). For <strong>the</strong> sake <strong>of</strong> a<br />

later application we shall consider complex multiplicative measures;<br />

if h is one we shall take H2(A, h) as <strong>the</strong> closure <strong>of</strong> A in L2( / A 1) <strong>and</strong><br />

H”(A, h) as L”(j h 1) n H2(A, h). Note that as usual H”(A, A) is an<br />

algebra on which A is multiplicative. (We could equally well replace


334 GERNETT AND GLICKSBERG<br />

L2 <strong>and</strong> H2 by L* <strong>and</strong> HP, 1 = 4 (# + ?u (g”> = (8 (ICI + 4’) (d>” = i -<br />

So M,(A) = M,(A) = M,(B), <strong>and</strong> f E B C H2(B, h) = H2(A, /\)<br />

for all h in M,(A) by 1.1. As a consequence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> it will be<br />

worthwhile to set down<br />

COROLLARY 1.4. Given algebras A C B C C(X) <strong>and</strong> v E m* , if<br />

each element <strong>of</strong> M,(A) is multiplicative on B <strong>the</strong>n 9) has a unique exten-<br />

sion $Y in %R, <strong>and</strong><br />

M,(A) = M,(A) = M,(B).<br />

COROLLARY 1.5. If X is metric <strong>and</strong> q E nA <strong>the</strong>re exist X* in M, for<br />

which<br />

c(x)nH2(A,h*) = c(x)n n H2(A,h).<br />

AOM~<br />

Thus [3, 2.31 for f in that set <strong>the</strong>re is a bounded sequence (an} in A with<br />

a, --+ f a.e. h, all h in M, .<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Since M, is separable, we have a w* dense sequence {h,}<br />

in M,, <strong>and</strong> we need only set X* = CT 2-12hn; now f E H2(A, h*)<br />

implies f E H2(A, h,), <strong>and</strong> 1.3 applies.


ALGEBRAS WITH THE SAME MULTIPLICATIVE MEASURES 335<br />

We shall call an element A* <strong>of</strong> M, with <strong>the</strong> property in 1.5 central.<br />

Somewhat more generally, we can produce central representing<br />

measures via<br />

COROLLARY 1.6. If h E M, <strong>and</strong> M, n L2(h) * h is w* dense in<br />

M, , or more generally, if a set E <strong>of</strong> complex measures in L2(h) * A which<br />

represent q~ has M, in its w* closure, <strong>the</strong>n h is central.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Suppose f E C(X) n H2(A, A). Then if g is any polynomial<br />

in f with coefficients in A, g lies in <strong>the</strong> same set, so we have a sequence<br />

{un} in A with a, -+ g in L2(X). Thus for hh in E,<br />

<strong>and</strong> hh - h annihilates <strong>the</strong> subalgebra B <strong>of</strong> C(X) that A <strong>and</strong> f generate.<br />

Since B C H”(A, h), h is multiplicative on B, so all hX represent <strong>the</strong><br />

same functional rj? on B, as must <strong>the</strong> elements <strong>of</strong> M,(A) in <strong>the</strong> w*<br />

closure <strong>of</strong> E. So we have M,(A) = M,(A) = M,(B), <strong>and</strong> our con-<br />

clusion follows by 1 .l.<br />

In case <strong>the</strong>re is a single part P for which E = uWp M, is w* dense<br />

in <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all multiplicative measures, a central representing<br />

measure A* for v has a stronger property: f E C(X) n H2(A, A*)<br />

implies f E H2(A, A) f or all multiplicative A. For if B is again <strong>the</strong><br />

subalgebra A <strong>and</strong> f generate we have, exactly as in 1.3, an extension<br />

4 <strong>of</strong> y to B with<br />

M,(A) = M,(A) = M,(B); (1.5)<br />

by 1.2, P is a part for B <strong>and</strong> all <strong>the</strong> elements <strong>of</strong> our w* dense set E<br />

are multiplicative on B, so <strong>the</strong> same is true for every h multiplicative<br />

on A.<br />

But now by 1.4 any q in m, has a unique extension rjj in ‘9XB satisfying<br />

(1.5), so our conclusion holds by 1.1.<br />

The last part <strong>of</strong> this argument is precisely a pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fact that,<br />

given algebras A C B C C(x), if all multiplicative measures for A<br />

are multiplicative on B <strong>the</strong>n %RA <strong>and</strong> !LRB are homeomorphic under<br />

<strong>the</strong> natural map <strong>and</strong> can be identified, with (1.1) holding everywhere<br />

on %RA = !LRB. This lforms <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> our extension <strong>of</strong> [3, Corollary<br />

2.51:<br />

THEOREM 1.7. Suppose A C B C C(X) are a&ebras, (ball AI)e has<br />

no completely singular elements, <strong>and</strong> every multiplicative measure for A is<br />

multiplicative on B. Then A = B.


336 GARNETT AND GLICKSBERG<br />

As we have noted, nm, = mB <strong>and</strong> M,(A) = M,(B) for v <strong>the</strong>rein, so<br />

W(A, /\) = H2(B, X) f or every multiplicative measure h for A by 1.1.<br />

Thus B C A follows from [3, 2.41. (Of course we could just as well<br />

allow (ball A-L)e to have completely singular elements C Bl.) More-<br />

over [3, 2.41 could itself be improved (replacing “all h in” by “a w*<br />

dense set <strong>of</strong> X in,” as is clear from 1.3). We shall state formally only<br />

one more improvement <strong>of</strong> a result in [3], that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> analogue <strong>of</strong> 1.7<br />

avoiding completely singular measures. The pro<strong>of</strong> is a trivial modifica-<br />

tion <strong>of</strong> that <strong>of</strong> [3, Corollary 2.71, using 1.1.<br />

THEOREM 1.8. Suppose1 5 C A is a nonvoid set <strong>of</strong> invertible elements<br />

<strong>of</strong> C(X), non-invertible in A, <strong>and</strong> 5-l u A generates C(X). Then if<br />

B 1 A is a subalgebra <strong>of</strong> C(X) f or which, for eachf E 3, Mf(A) = Mf(B)<br />

(so <strong>the</strong> probability measures orthogonal to fA are orthogonal to fB), <strong>the</strong>n<br />

B = A.<br />

We conclude this section by noting a reformulation <strong>of</strong> (1.1).<br />

Recall [3, (1.2)] that for u E CR(X), v E m, ,<br />

sup {Re v(a) : Re a < u, a E A} = inf {h(u) : h E M,(A)}. (1.6)<br />

If M,(A) = M,(B) th en in particular for u = Re b <strong>the</strong> right side is<br />

precisely X(Re b) = Re v(b), so<br />

Re q(b) = sup {Re p(a) : Re a < Re b, a E A}. (1.7)<br />

The converse also holds, <strong>and</strong> (1.7) holds for every b E B 8<br />

M,(A) = M,(B). For if h* E M,(A)\M,(B) we have u E CR(X) with<br />

X*(u) + 1 < inf {h(u) : A E M,(B)} = sup {Rev(b) : Re b < u, b E B}<br />

which coincides with <strong>the</strong> left side <strong>of</strong> (1.6) because <strong>of</strong> (1.7). So<br />

h*(u) + 1 < inf {h(u) : h E M,(A)}, our contradiction.<br />

Thus (l.l), which holds throughout a part if at all by 1.2, amounts<br />

to a condition which could be expressed by saying <strong>the</strong> A-super-<br />

harmonic minorant <strong>of</strong> each element Re b <strong>of</strong> Re B coincides with Re b<br />

on <strong>the</strong> part containing F (or just at p)).<br />

1 When such an 5 exists <strong>and</strong> X is metric <strong>the</strong>re is a single probability measure p<br />

for which A = C(X) n W(A, p). For 3 can be taken countable, $j = {fn}; with h,<br />

central for &if-, set p = C2-“h,, . Thenf E C(X) A EP(A, cl) implies ffm E W(C + fnA, h,)<br />

<strong>and</strong> so in <strong>the</strong> corresponding set for all h in M fn . Since fn , f;’ E C(X), f E W(A, X) for<br />

all such h, so fe A by [3, Corollary 2.61.


ALGEBRAS WITH THE SAME MULTIPLICATIVE MEASURES 331<br />

Now as a variant <strong>of</strong> 1.7 we have<br />

THEOREM 1.9. Suppose A C B C C(X) are algebras, (ball Al)”<br />

has no completely singular elements <strong>and</strong> one q~ in each part <strong>of</strong> m, lies in<br />

Then A = B isf”<br />

m B’<br />

Re q(b) = sup {Re y(a) : Re a < Re b, a E A), all bEB,<br />

for all such q~.<br />

Both 1.7 <strong>and</strong> 1.9 apply to R(K) C A(K) for any compact<br />

K C C : R(K) = A(K) zfl, f or some z in each R(K)-part <strong>of</strong> K = !J&(,) ,<br />

Ref(z) = sup {Re r(z) : Re r < Ref, r E R(K)}<br />

for each f in A(K), or ifl every multiplicative measure on R(K) is multi-<br />

plicative on A(K).<br />

2, We conclude with an application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> results <strong>of</strong> [3] to<br />

rational approximation, specifically to a case which is not accessible<br />

via <strong>the</strong> results <strong>of</strong> [l, 21. Let K C C be compact, with connected3<br />

interior K”. Suppose <strong>the</strong> components Ho (unbounded), Hr , H, ,... <strong>of</strong><br />

C\K have pairwise disjoint closures which accumulate in a set E<br />

disjoint from Uy=, aHi (so 8K = Uj”=, aHj U E).<br />

In order to conclude that R(K) = A(K) we must make several<br />

hypo<strong>the</strong>ses concerned, in a way, with both <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> E\aH, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

density with which <strong>the</strong> Hj approach E\aH,: we suppose<br />

(a) <strong>the</strong> harmonic measure X,(E\aH,) = 0, x E K”,<br />

(b) on E\aH, <strong>the</strong>re is a w* measurable map z -+ vz E M&A(K))<br />

with v,(E\BHo) = 0,<br />

(c) <strong>the</strong>re is a 6 > 0 <strong>and</strong> for each j > 1 <strong>the</strong>re is a smooth simple<br />

closed curve y3’ having only Hj in its interior <strong>and</strong> disjoint from aK, with<br />

X,(aH,) > 36 for z in (J& yj .<br />

Under <strong>the</strong>se hypo<strong>the</strong>ses R(K) = A(K). (When E\aH, is in fact a<br />

singleton, (b) says simply that it is not a peak point for A(K).)<br />

* In <strong>the</strong> corresponding variant <strong>of</strong> Theorem 1.8, Mf(A) = M’(B) is replaced by<br />

0 = sup inf Re( fb - fa)(x)<br />

0 z<br />

(for all b E B,fe 3) which is a simplified version <strong>of</strong> Eq. (1.7) for ‘p : z + fb + z <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> algebras C + fA, C + fB.<br />

3 For convenience. We could also allow <strong>the</strong> HJ- to meet in finite (or certain infinite)<br />

clusters (taking H, <strong>the</strong>n as <strong>the</strong> union <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corresponding components); <strong>the</strong> basic<br />

requirement is simply that we can obtain Eq. (2.5) below (cf. [2]).


338 GERNETT AND GLICKSBERG<br />

<strong>On</strong> P(8K) <strong>the</strong> functional<br />

f-,,$&<br />

{where f* is <strong>the</strong> harmonic extension <strong>of</strong>f to K” <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> normal derivative<br />

is multiplied by <strong>the</strong> element <strong>of</strong> arc length) represents <strong>the</strong> period <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> conjugate harmonic function about Hj <strong>and</strong> so annihilates. A(K)<br />

[I], [Z]. It is represented by a real measure Q on aK which we take<br />

normalized so that Ij Q 11 = 1 <strong>and</strong> Q < 0 on aHj , >, 0 on X\aHi .<br />

(Q has opposite signs on <strong>the</strong>se sets, as is easily verified.) We shall<br />

prove our result by showing (vr , Q ,...} forms a basis for<br />

{p E (Re R(K))J- : 1 p 1 (E\BH,) = O}. Since Q is also <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong><br />

sweeping a measure 7; on <strong>the</strong> boundary <strong>of</strong> an “annular” region,<br />

containing yi <strong>and</strong> bounded by aHj <strong>and</strong> a curve y(i close to yi ,<br />

bY (a)*<br />

Our hypo<strong>the</strong>sis (c) is required only to show<br />

7@Ho> 3 6, j> 1; (2.1)<br />

evidently, since r; carries half <strong>the</strong> mass <strong>of</strong> V,J; , <strong>and</strong> 117; )I > 11 Q 11 = 1<br />

by (c). (Actually (2.1) could serve equally well as (c) as our hypo<strong>the</strong>sis.)<br />

Now if Q” represents <strong>the</strong> measure we obtain by sweeping qi to <strong>the</strong><br />

boundary <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> compact set K,, = C\u,“,, Hi 3 K <strong>the</strong>n for 1 < j < n,<br />

since ~j > 0 on aK\uiEo aH,, we have<br />

7lwo) >, 7iWo) b 8. (2.2)<br />

Moreover, qj” = 0 for j > n, <strong>and</strong> rlj”, j < n, still gives a multiple <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> conjugate harmonic function’s period about Hi for f E CR(aK,J.<br />

Now given constants cj , 1 < j < 1z we set g = s@ [ciqn(aHj)] on<br />

i?H,, 1 \


ALGEBRAS WITH THE SAME MULTIPLICATIVE MEASURES 339<br />

if 0 is chosen appropriately, so<br />

But<br />

k#i<br />

(2.3)<br />

which carries half <strong>the</strong> mass <strong>of</strong> vj R. The o<strong>the</strong>r half is carried by aH,<br />

so from (2.3)<br />

Now let p E (Re R(K))l. Since<br />

= s i I cj I = 6 i II 9% II *<br />

j-1 3-l<br />

in order to show p J- A(K) we can show this for<br />

(2.4)<br />

an element <strong>of</strong> (Re R(K))1 which vanishes on all subsets <strong>of</strong> E\aH,, by<br />

(b) again. So it suffices to consider TV E (Re R(K))* carried by<br />

u&, W,. Let sn denote <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> sweeping a measure to <strong>the</strong><br />

boundary <strong>of</strong> K, = C\u,“,, Hj . We have<br />

(2-5)


340 GARNETT AND GLICKSBERG<br />

since [I], [2] <strong>the</strong> Q”, 1 < j < n, span (Re R(K,))l. Since s”s”p = P/.L<br />

for m < n, <strong>and</strong> smqj = 0 = smvjn for j > m, we have<br />

with <strong>the</strong> same cj; thus p uniquely determines a sequence {cj} satisfying<br />

(2.6) for all m.<br />

We have<br />

by (2.4), <strong>and</strong> thus Cj”=, Cjrlj is an element <strong>of</strong> A(K)‘- (since each qj is).<br />

But now<br />

Sn /J - f Cjr)j =<br />

( 1<br />

j=l j=l<br />

Sn/Jd - C Iz Cjvj" = 0 for all 71,<br />

while p - cj”=r cj?7j is carried by uj”=, aHj, SO we conclude that <strong>the</strong><br />

measure itself vanishes, <strong>and</strong> ,U = Cy=, Ciqj E A(K By [3, 2.5 infra],<br />

R(K) = A(K).<br />

When E\aH,, lies in a peak interpolation set for R(K) (<strong>and</strong> {ri}<br />

is any homology basis <strong>of</strong> smooth curves in K”) we can obtain<br />

R(K) = A(K) once we know that for each p in (Re li(K))l,<br />

{& cjqj} has a bounded subsequence, where {cj> satisfies (2.6): for<br />

if v is a w* cluster point <strong>of</strong> such a subsequence (hence in A(K <strong>the</strong>n<br />

Pv = Cy=, Cj7)j" = S"p since S" is w* continuous, so p - v, which<br />

necessarily is carried by u,” aHj , vanishes as before.<br />

For example, it suffices to know that for infinitely many n at most a<br />

quarter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mass <strong>of</strong> zy-, cjqj is carried by uz+, aHj since <strong>the</strong>n<br />

so<br />

Thus it is easy to conclude that if we form K by removing from <strong>the</strong><br />

closed unit disc a sequence <strong>of</strong> disjoint discs clustering on <strong>the</strong> unit<br />

circle <strong>the</strong>n R(K) = A(K) p rovided <strong>the</strong> radii tend to zero rapidly<br />

enough.


ALGEBRAS WITH THE SAME MULTIPLICATIVE MEASURES 341<br />

1. AHERN, P. R. AND SARASON, D., <strong>On</strong> some hypodirichlet algebras <strong>of</strong> analytic func-<br />

tions. Am. 1. Math. (to be published).<br />

2. GLICKSBERG, I., Dominant representing measures <strong>and</strong> rational approximation<br />

Trans. Am. Math. Sot. (to be published).<br />

3. GLICKSBERG, I., The abstract F. <strong>and</strong> M. Riesz <strong>the</strong>orem. /. Functiod Anal. 1<br />

(1967), 109-122.<br />

4. HOFFMAN, K. AND ROW, H., <strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong> extension <strong>of</strong> positive weak* continuous<br />

functionals. Duke Moth. J (to be published).<br />

5. LUMER, G., Herglotz transformation <strong>and</strong> HP <strong>the</strong>ory. Bull. Am. Math. Sot. 71<br />

(1965), 725-730.<br />

6. ZYCMUND, A., “Trigonometrical Series I” (2nd ed.) Cambridge University Press,<br />

London.


JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 1, 342-369 (1967)<br />

Scattering Theory with Two Hilbert Spaces<br />

TOSIO KATO*<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Ma<strong>the</strong>matics, University <strong>of</strong> California, Berkeley, California 94720<br />

Communicated by Ralph Phillips<br />

Received May 9, 1967<br />

1. INTRODUCTION<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> this paper is to give a general scattering <strong>the</strong>ory<br />

which can be applied, among o<strong>the</strong>rs, to <strong>the</strong> scattering for wave<br />

equations.<br />

In previous publications (see e.g. [I], Chapter X) we have developed<br />

scattering <strong>the</strong>ory applicable to Schrcdinger equations. In this <strong>the</strong>ory<br />

one is concerned with two unitary groups Uj(t) = e-itHj,<br />

- CO < t < co, i = 1,2 in a Hilbert space 5 <strong>and</strong> tries to construct<br />

<strong>the</strong> wave operators<br />

where Pi denotes <strong>the</strong> projection <strong>of</strong> 5 on <strong>the</strong> subspace <strong>of</strong> absolute<br />

continuity for Hi. If W+ exists, it is a partial isometry in 8 with<br />

initial projection Pi <strong>and</strong> final projection < Pz . W, is said to be<br />

complete if <strong>the</strong> final projection is equal to Pz . Similar results hold for<br />

W- . If both W, exist <strong>and</strong> are complete, <strong>the</strong> scattering operator<br />

S = W$W- is unitary on P&. Sufficient conditions for <strong>the</strong> existence<br />

<strong>and</strong> completeness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> wave operators have been studied extensively<br />

(see, e.g., [II-131).<br />

Scattering <strong>the</strong>ories <strong>of</strong> different types have appeared more recently.<br />

These are concerned with wave equations, in <strong>the</strong> ordinary as well as<br />

generalized sense. Here it has been observed that one has to do with<br />

unitary groups Uj(t) acting in d@erent HiZbert spaces $$ , j = 1,2.<br />

It is true that <strong>the</strong> two spaces are <strong>of</strong>ten <strong>the</strong> same vector space L! equipped<br />

with different inner products, so that <strong>the</strong> wave operators can still<br />

* Part <strong>of</strong> this work was done while <strong>the</strong> author held a Miller Pr<strong>of</strong>essorship. It was<br />

partly supported by Air Force Office <strong>of</strong> Scientific Research, grant 553-64.<br />

342


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 343<br />

be defined by (1.1). In more general cases, however, (1.1) does not<br />

make sense <strong>and</strong> must be replaced by a different definition like<br />

where J E B(ljl,-tF2). (F or any two Banach spaces X, 9, we denote<br />

by B(x, 9,) <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all bounded linear operators on X to 9 <strong>and</strong> we<br />

write B(X) for B(x, w).) We shall call J <strong>the</strong> identification operator,<br />

though we do not always assume that J is bijective nor even injective.<br />

We shall call (1.1) with <strong>the</strong> single space $j wave operators <strong>of</strong> Schriidinger<br />

type to distinguish <strong>the</strong>m from <strong>the</strong> more general ones (1.2) with two<br />

spaces.<br />

In what follows we propose to study general properties <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> wave<br />

operators (1.2) an d su ffi cient conditions for <strong>the</strong>ir existence <strong>and</strong> completeness.<br />

In general IV, are no longer partially isometric, unlike <strong>the</strong><br />

wave operators <strong>of</strong> Schrodinger type, but it will be seen that in many<br />

cases <strong>of</strong> practical importance <strong>the</strong>y are. Later we shall consider more<br />

specific problems, with applications to <strong>the</strong> scattering for <strong>the</strong> wave<br />

equations <strong>and</strong> Maxwell equations. In particular we shall deduce some<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> results found in [5]-[S].<br />

It seems to <strong>the</strong> author that one thing has not been properly<br />

recognized, or at least not mentioned explicitly, regarding <strong>the</strong> identification<br />

operator J. Namely, J is not necessarily uniquely determined<br />

on <strong>the</strong> physical basis in individual problems. This fact has been<br />

obscured by <strong>the</strong> definition (l.l), which is usually used under <strong>the</strong> tacit<br />

assumption that <strong>the</strong> identification by <strong>the</strong> identity in <strong>the</strong> common<br />

space 2 is natural <strong>and</strong> unique.<br />

But a little reflection reveals that this is not so. To illustrate <strong>the</strong><br />

point, let us take <strong>the</strong> Maxwell equations, which are a special case <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> systems considered in [S]. Here it suffices to note that <strong>the</strong> unperturbed<br />

<strong>and</strong> perturbed electromagnetic fields are described by unitary<br />

groups Ui(t) acting in <strong>the</strong> Hilbert spaces Bj , which are <strong>the</strong> [L2(R3)lS<br />

with certain positive-definite density matrices Z$(x), j = 1, 2, where<br />

E,(x) = El is constant. It is assumed that E,(x) is uniformly bounded<br />

from above <strong>and</strong> below so that 5, <strong>and</strong> $s are <strong>the</strong> same vector space B<br />

with different metrics. The element u = U(X) <strong>of</strong> 2 is <strong>the</strong> aggregate<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electric field E <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> magnetic field H. In [S] <strong>the</strong> identification<br />

is made by <strong>the</strong> identity <strong>of</strong> u as an element <strong>of</strong> 2.<br />

This identification means that <strong>the</strong> states <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unperturbed <strong>and</strong><br />

perturbed fields are identified if <strong>the</strong>y have <strong>the</strong> same E <strong>and</strong> H throughout<br />

113. But why should one not identify <strong>the</strong> two states by D <strong>and</strong> B<br />

(<strong>the</strong> electric displacement <strong>and</strong> magnetic induction), for example,


344 KATO<br />

ra<strong>the</strong>r than by E <strong>and</strong> H ? These two modes <strong>of</strong> identification are clearly<br />

different, for E1 f &(x) implies that <strong>the</strong> dielectric constant <strong>and</strong><br />

magnetic permeability are different for <strong>the</strong> two fields. Of course <strong>the</strong>re<br />

are many o<strong>the</strong>r different ways <strong>of</strong> identification which could claim<br />

equal right to <strong>the</strong> above ones.<br />

It would be futile to try to decide which identification is <strong>the</strong> “cor-<br />

rect” one; it is not a ma<strong>the</strong>matical problem, perhaps not even a<br />

physical one. Thus one must admit that in general <strong>the</strong>re can be many<br />

scattering <strong>the</strong>ories for a given pair U, , U, <strong>of</strong> groups, according to<br />

different choices <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> identification operator J.<br />

Fortunately, however, <strong>the</strong>re are practically not too many different<br />

scattering <strong>the</strong>ories for <strong>the</strong> given pair U, , U, , for <strong>the</strong> difference in J<br />

is <strong>of</strong>ten irrelevant asymptotically, <strong>and</strong> it is exactly <strong>the</strong> asymptotic<br />

behavior <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> systems that scattering <strong>the</strong>ory is concerned with.<br />

Ma<strong>the</strong>matically, two identification operators J <strong>and</strong> 9 are (asymptotic-<br />

ally) equivalent if s-lim (J - /) Ul(t) PI = 0. In such a case <strong>the</strong> wave<br />

operators obtained by using J <strong>and</strong> J are <strong>the</strong> same, as is easily seen<br />

from (1.2). It can be shown in many cases that all reasonable identi-<br />

fications are equivalent so that we have essentially a unique scattering<br />

<strong>the</strong>ory. In particular this is <strong>the</strong> case with <strong>the</strong> Maxwell equations<br />

mentioned above. Intuitively this is due to <strong>the</strong> fact that <strong>the</strong> waves<br />

eventually go to infinity, where E, <strong>and</strong> E,(x) are assumed to be equal<br />

asymptotically, <strong>and</strong> thus <strong>the</strong> identifications by E <strong>and</strong> H <strong>and</strong> by D <strong>and</strong><br />

B are equivalent.<br />

It might appear, after all, that we have arrived at a ra<strong>the</strong>r trivial<br />

conclusion. But <strong>the</strong>re is at least one positive result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se considera-<br />

tions. Namely, among all equivalent identifications one can choose a<br />

particular J which is ma<strong>the</strong>matically most convenient. For example,<br />

it happens frequently that <strong>the</strong>re is a unitary J on 6, to & among<br />

equivalent identifications. In this case (1.2) gives<br />

J-‘W* = y&&y cl&(- t) l&(t) Pl , (1.3)<br />

where us(t) = J-‘U,( t) J is a unitary group that acts in <strong>the</strong> same<br />

space 5, as Ul(t) does. Thus we have reduced <strong>the</strong> problem to that<br />

<strong>of</strong> wave operators <strong>of</strong> Schradinger type, to which existing results may<br />

be applicable. This also explains why <strong>the</strong> wave operators are partially<br />

isometric in many cases.<br />

Even if <strong>the</strong> reduction (1.3) to <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> SchrSdinger type is<br />

available, it does not necessarily follow that <strong>the</strong> scattering for <strong>the</strong> wave<br />

equations can be h<strong>and</strong>led by <strong>the</strong> known results. The difficulty is that<br />

<strong>the</strong> deviation <strong>of</strong> 0, from U, is <strong>of</strong>ten larger than such a deviation


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 345<br />

encountered in <strong>the</strong> ordinary Schrodinger equations, chiefly because<br />

one or both <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> generators <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se groups are usually first-order<br />

differential operators with variable coefficients. But this is no more<br />

than a technical difficulty, which could exist in Schrodinger equations<br />

as well if one considered more general types <strong>of</strong> equations.<br />

2. INTERTWINING OPERATORS<br />

Let .sj, , j = 1, 2, be two separable Hilbert spaces. We use <strong>the</strong> same<br />

symbols 11 11 <strong>and</strong> ( , ) for <strong>the</strong> norms <strong>and</strong> inner products in Z& <strong>and</strong> g2 ,<br />

but <strong>the</strong>re is no possibility <strong>of</strong> confusion. For each j we consider a<br />

continuous unitary group U, = (Uj(t)), - CO < t < co. We denote<br />

by Hj <strong>the</strong> selfadjoint generator <strong>of</strong> Ui so that Uj(t) = e-iM*. The<br />

spectral family associated with Hi is denoted by {E,(X)).<br />

DEFINITION 2.1. T E I?(&, s2) is called an intertwining operator<br />

for <strong>the</strong> pair U, , U, (or for <strong>the</strong> pair HI , Hz) if <strong>the</strong> following equivalent<br />

conditions are satisfied:<br />

H,TI TH, , (2-l)<br />

b(t) T = TU,(t), -co


346 KATO<br />

implies that E, , <strong>the</strong> support <strong>of</strong> 1 T 1 , also commutes with H, . Since<br />

T* is an intertwining operator for <strong>the</strong> pair U, , U, <strong>and</strong> T* = V* / T* 1<br />

is its canonical polar decomposition, it follows similarly that 1 T* )<br />

<strong>and</strong> E, commute with H, .<br />

Substituting T = V 1 T 1 into (2.2) <strong>and</strong> using <strong>the</strong> commutativity <strong>of</strong><br />

I T 1 with Ui(t), we obtain [Uz(t) V - VU,(t)] / T I = 0. Since <strong>the</strong> ran-<br />

ge <strong>of</strong> I T I has closure E&r , it follows that [Uz(t) V - VU,(t)] El = 0.<br />

Since E, commutes with Ul(t) <strong>and</strong> VE, = V, we obtain <strong>the</strong> inter-<br />

twining relationship<br />

W) v = vu,(t), -aJ


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 347<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Since Ur(t) <strong>and</strong> PI commute, <strong>the</strong> intertwining property<br />

<strong>of</strong> IV+ follows immediately from (3.1). IV+ = W+P, is also a direct<br />

consequence <strong>of</strong> (3.1). The two inequalities in (3.2) are equivalent<br />

to <strong>the</strong> two equalities <strong>the</strong>re. Thus all <strong>the</strong> assertions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>orem<br />

follow from Lemma 2.2 except IV+ = P, W+ .<br />

(2.3) for T = W+ implies that Es(S) IV++ = ?V+E,(S) 4 for every<br />

Bore1 set 5’ <strong>and</strong> $ E .!ji . Since I+‘++ = W+P,+, we have<br />

II &(S) w+4 II < II w+ II II J%(S) PI4 II = 0<br />

if 1 S 1 = 0. Thus IV++ E P&j2 for each 4 E .fi, so that IV+ = P, W+ .<br />

DEFINITION 3.3. The wave operator IV,. = W+( U, , Ui; J) is<br />

said to be semicomplete if E,, = PI . It is said to be complete if<br />

E,, = Pz in addition.<br />

In general W+ maps P,$, into P.& . IV+ is semicomplete if <strong>and</strong><br />

only if this map is injective. IV+ is complete if <strong>and</strong> only if <strong>the</strong> map<br />

is injective <strong>and</strong> has dense range P2!&.<br />

COROLLARY 3.4. If W+ = W+( U, , UI; J) exists <strong>and</strong> is semi-<br />

complete, <strong>the</strong> absolutely continuous part <strong>of</strong> HI is unitarily equivalent to a<br />

part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> absolutely continuous part <strong>of</strong> H, . If W+ is complete, <strong>the</strong><br />

absolutely continuous parts <strong>of</strong> HI <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> H, are unitarily equivalent.<br />

Remark 3.5. If T E I@, , &) is an intertwining operator for <strong>the</strong><br />

pair U, , U, , <strong>the</strong>n W,( U, , U,; T) exist <strong>and</strong> are equal to TP, . In<br />

particular, if W+ = W+( U, , UI; J) exists, <strong>the</strong>n W,( U, , UI; W+)<br />

exist <strong>and</strong> are equal to W+ = W+P, itself.<br />

4. EQUIVALENCE OF IDENTIFICATION OPERATORS<br />

Given two unitary groups U, , U, , one could in general construct<br />

many different wave operators by different choices <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> identification<br />

operator J E B(& , 6.J; see Section 1. But some different J’s give<br />

rise to <strong>the</strong> same wave operator.<br />

DEFINITION 4.1. Let J, 9 E B(Bi , &). We say that J <strong>and</strong> J are<br />

(U, , +)-equivalent if<br />

s;l& (J - J) Ul(t) PI = 0. (4.1)<br />

(This equivalence is related only to one group Ui; <strong>the</strong> space $, appears<br />

only in so far as / <strong>and</strong> J have range space &.J.


348 KATO<br />

THEOREM 4.2. Let J, J E B(& , 5,). Then<br />

W+(U,, UC J) = W+W,, Q; /) (4.2)<br />

if <strong>and</strong> only if J <strong>and</strong> J are (U, , +)-equivalent. Here (4.2) means that<br />

if one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two members exists, <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r also exists <strong>and</strong> equals <strong>the</strong><br />

jirst one.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Immediate from<br />

II W- t) J&(t) p14 - W- 4 JW) Pd II = II (I - J> G(t) f’d II .<br />

In virtue <strong>of</strong> Theorem 4.2, W+( U, , Ur; J) actually depends only<br />

on <strong>the</strong> (U, , +)-equivalence class to which J belongs. Practically this<br />

greatly reduces <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> different wave operators that can be<br />

constructed for a given pair U, , U, .<br />

THEOREM 4.3 (Chain rule). Let Uj , j = 1, 2, 3, be three unitary<br />

groups acting respectively in Hilbert spaces & . Let J E B(Jj, , &) <strong>and</strong><br />

J’~B(fiz,5& If W+= W+(U,, Ul; J) <strong>and</strong> W;= W+(% &;J’)<br />

both exist <strong>and</strong> if J” E B($j, , &) is (U, , +)-equivalent to J’J, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

w; = W+( u, > u1; J”> exists <strong>and</strong> equals W; W+ . WY is (semi)-<br />

complete if both W, <strong>and</strong> Wk are (semi)complete.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Multiplying <strong>the</strong> two defining expressions for W; <strong>and</strong> W+ ,<br />

we obtain<br />

Wi W+ = cl&n U,( - t) J’Pa JU,( t) PI ,<br />

where we have used <strong>the</strong> commutativity <strong>of</strong> P2 with Uz(t). To prove <strong>the</strong><br />

existence <strong>of</strong> W; <strong>and</strong> its identity with W;W+ , it is thus sufficient to<br />

show that<br />

St% (/‘Pa J - J”) Ul(t) PI = 0.<br />

Since J” is (U, , +)-equivalent to J’J, it suffices in turn to prove<br />

But this is equivalent to<br />

c&n (1 - Pz) JUl(t) PI = 0.<br />

s-lim U,(- t) (1 - Pz) JUl(t) PI = (1 - Pz) s-lim U,(- t) JUI(t) PI<br />

[see (3.2)].<br />

= (1 - Pz) w+ = 0


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 349<br />

IV+ maps PI& into Paz <strong>and</strong> W; maps Paz into P&, . If both <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong>se maps are injective, <strong>the</strong> same is true <strong>of</strong> WI = W;W+ . This<br />

proves <strong>the</strong> assertion on semicompleteness. If W+ <strong>and</strong> W; are complete,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n W+P$j, is dense in P&j2 <strong>and</strong> W;P&j2 is dense in Pa3 . Hence<br />

WJPl& = W;W+Pl$& is dense in P&,: WJ is complete.<br />

5. INVERSE WAVE OPERATORS<br />

Suppose W+ = W+(u, , ul; J) exists. If J were invertible with<br />

J-l E B($a , &), one could consider <strong>the</strong> wave operator<br />

w; = W+( Ul 9 uz; J”)<br />

<strong>and</strong> expect it to be inverse to W+ in a certain sense. Even when J-i<br />

does not exist, it is <strong>of</strong>ten possible to define such an inverse wave<br />

operator.<br />

DEFINITION 5.1. Let J E 45, , -5,) <strong>and</strong> J’ E IL+&, $ji). J’ is<br />

called a (U, , +)-asymptotic left inverse to J if J’J is (Ui , +)-<br />

equivalent to 1 (<strong>the</strong> identity in Hi), that is, if<br />

dip (J’J - 1) U1(t) PI = 0. (5-l)<br />

THEOREM 5.2. Let W+ = W+(U, , U,; J) exist <strong>and</strong> let J’ be a<br />

(U, , +)-asymptotic left inverse to J. Then W+ is semicomplete, <strong>and</strong><br />

s;& U,( - t) J’&(t) w+ = Pl , (5.2)<br />

d&n (JJ’ - 1) U2(t) W+ = 0. (5.3)<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. It follows from <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> W+ that<br />

mtt> Pl - 7-w) w+ 9 t-+60, (5.4)<br />

where N means that <strong>the</strong> difference <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two members tends to zero<br />

strongly. Applying J’ to (5.4) <strong>and</strong> using (5.1), we obtain<br />

G(t) Pl - Y&(t) w+ 9 (5.5)<br />

which implies (5.2). (5.3) follows from (5.1) by multiplication from<br />

<strong>the</strong> left with J <strong>and</strong> using (5.4). W+ is semicomplete because W++ = 0<br />

implies PI+ = 0 by (5.2).


350 KATO<br />

THEOREM 5.3. Let <strong>the</strong> assumptions <strong>of</strong> Theorem 5.2 be satisjed, so<br />

that W+ exists <strong>and</strong> is semicomplete. W, is complete if <strong>and</strong> only ;f <strong>the</strong><br />

following two conditions are satis$ed: (i) J is a (U, , +)-asymptotic<br />

left inwerse to J’, <strong>and</strong> (ii) W; = W+( U, , US; J’) exists. When <strong>the</strong>se<br />

conditions are met, Wi is also complete <strong>and</strong><br />

w;w+ = PI, w+w; = Pz. (5.6)<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Suppose (i) <strong>and</strong> (ii) are true. It follows from Theorem 5.2<br />

applied to <strong>the</strong> triple U, , U, , J’ that W; is semicomplete. Fur<strong>the</strong>r-<br />

more, in view <strong>of</strong> W+ = P,W+ , (5.2) gives W;W+ = PI. This<br />

implies that %( Wi) 1 PI.!& . But since <strong>the</strong> opposite inclusion is also<br />

true, we have %( W;) = PI& . Thus W; is complete. Since <strong>the</strong>re is a<br />

complete symmetry between W+ <strong>and</strong> W; , we have also W+ W; = Pz<br />

<strong>and</strong> W+ is complete.<br />

Suppose conversely that W+ is complete. Then %( W+) is dense in<br />

P&, <strong>and</strong> so (5.2) implies <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> W; , with W; W+ = PI .<br />

Similarly (5.3) implies that s-lim (Jy - 1) Uz(t) Pz = 0, that is,<br />

(i) is true.<br />

THEOREM 5.4. Let W+ = W+( U, , UI; J) exist <strong>and</strong> be complete.<br />

Let J’ be a (U, , +)-asymptotic left inverse to J. Then J’ E B($& , &)<br />

is (U, , +)-equivalent to J’ if <strong>and</strong> only if J’ is a (U, , +)-asymptotic<br />

left inverse to J.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Since J’ is a (U, , +)-asymptotic left inverse to J, <strong>the</strong><br />

same is true <strong>of</strong> J’ if <strong>and</strong> only if (J’ - y) JUI(t) PI N 0, which is<br />

equivalent to (J’ - J’) U%(t) W+ N 0 by (5.4). But <strong>the</strong> last relation<br />

implies <strong>the</strong> (U, , +)-equivalence <strong>of</strong> J’ <strong>and</strong> J’ because W+W; = Pz<br />

by Theorem 5.3.<br />

6. PARTIALLY ISOMETRIC WAVE OPERATOW<br />

For various reasons we are particularly interested in <strong>the</strong> case when<br />

<strong>the</strong> wave operators are partially isometric.<br />

THEOREM 6.1. Let W+ = W+( U, , VI; J) exist. In orde~ that W+<br />

be a partial isometry with initial projection PI , it is necessary <strong>and</strong> suf-<br />

$cient that


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 351<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Obvious from<br />

THEOREM 6.2. Let W+ = W+( U, , U,; J) exist. W+ is a partial<br />

isometry with initial projection PI if <strong>the</strong>re is a unitary operator I on<br />

liI to B2 which is (U, , +)-epuiwalent to J.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. (6.1) is satisfied if J is replaced by J, which is permitted<br />

because J is equivalent to J.<br />

THEOREM 6.3. Let W+ = W+(U, , U,; J) exist. Assume that J*<br />

(<strong>the</strong> adjoint <strong>of</strong> J) is a (U, , +)-asymptotic left inverse to J. Then W+<br />

is semicomplete <strong>and</strong> partially isometric with initial projection PI . W+ is<br />

complete if <strong>and</strong> only if W; = W+( U, , U,; J*) exists <strong>and</strong> J is a<br />

(U, , +)-asymptotic left inverse to J*. If <strong>the</strong>se conditions are satis$ed,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n w: = w;.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. The first assertion follows because (6.1) is satisfied; in<br />

fact<br />

lim II J&(t) P&J 11’ = lim VU- t) J*Wdt> PIA PI+) = (PI+, PI+><br />

since J*JUI(t) PI - UI(t) PI . The second assertion follows from<br />

Theorem 5.3. Theorem 5.3 also shows that W+Wi = Pz . Multiplica-<br />

tion from <strong>the</strong> left with W$ <strong>the</strong>n gives Wi = WY because<br />

W$W+=P,, P,W;= WL,<strong>and</strong> W$P,= Wz.<br />

7. APPLICATIONS TO UNIFORMLY PROPAGATIVE SYSTEMS<br />

As <strong>the</strong> first application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> foregoing results, let us consider <strong>the</strong><br />

general wave equations discussed by Wilcox [S]. Here <strong>the</strong> spaces z$.<br />

consist <strong>of</strong> complex m x 1 matrix-valued functions 4(x) on R”, with<br />

<strong>the</strong> norms given by<br />

i = L2, (7.1)<br />

where E,(X) are positive-definite, m x m Hermitian matrices depend-<br />

ing on x E Rn <strong>and</strong> where C+(X)* denotes <strong>the</strong> Hermitian conjugate <strong>of</strong><br />

I#(x). It is assumed that E,(X) = E1 is constant <strong>and</strong> that E,(X) is<br />

uniformly bounded from above <strong>and</strong> from below. It follows that $r<br />

<strong>and</strong> $a are <strong>the</strong> same vector space L? = (L2(P))m with different norms.


352 KATO<br />

It is fur<strong>the</strong>r assumed that<br />

J%(x) -+ 4 3 IxI+m. (7.2)<br />

Uj is <strong>the</strong> group in Bj generated by <strong>the</strong> selfadjoint operator<br />

Hj = iE,(x)-1 i A, $- ,<br />

k=l<br />

k<br />

where A, are constant m x m Hermitian matrices.<br />

In [S] <strong>the</strong> wave operators are considered with <strong>the</strong> identification<br />

operator J which is just <strong>the</strong> identity in 2:<br />

14 =h (7.4)<br />

As was remarked in Section 1, however, J is not <strong>the</strong> only possibility.<br />

Ano<strong>the</strong>r possible choice would be <strong>the</strong> operator J given by<br />

(7.5)<br />

In o<strong>the</strong>r words, $1 E sj, <strong>and</strong> 4s E 8s are identified under J if<br />

E,+,(x) = E,(x) r&(x). The identification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unperturbed <strong>and</strong><br />

perturbed electromagnetic fields in terms <strong>of</strong> D <strong>and</strong> B correspond to J<br />

(see Section 1).<br />

In most cases <strong>of</strong> practical interest, however, J <strong>and</strong> J are (U, , -J-)-<br />

equivalent, so that <strong>the</strong>re is no difference in <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> wave<br />

operators (Theorem 4.2). In fact, this is true if <strong>the</strong> system U, is<br />

uniformi’y propagative (see [S]).<br />

To see this, let 4 E sj, be given by a function in C;(P) <strong>and</strong> set<br />

z+(t) = U&)+. Th en z&(t) = du,(t)/dt = - iU,(t) HI+ exists. Now<br />

it is shown in [S] that zir(t), as a function on Rn, tends to zero as<br />

t --+ * co uniformly in each compact subset <strong>of</strong> P. It follows by (7.2)<br />

that (J - J) &r(t) = E,(x)-r (E,(X) - EJ r&(t) + 0 in s, . In o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

words, we have (J - J) Ul(t) Hr+ -P 0. When 4 varies over Cc,<br />

Hi+ varies over a dense subset <strong>of</strong> %(H,), for Hr is <strong>the</strong> closure <strong>of</strong> its<br />

restriction to C; (see [8]). It follows that (J - J) Ul(t) PI -+ 0,<br />

t -+ & co, for P,fi, is contained in <strong>the</strong> closure <strong>of</strong> %(H,), which is<br />

equal to %(H,)l.<br />

There are o<strong>the</strong>r identification operators <strong>of</strong> practical interest. The<br />

most interesting among <strong>the</strong>m is <strong>the</strong> one p given by<br />

&x) = E&)-1’2 E;“#(x), (7.6)<br />

which is half way between J <strong>and</strong> 1. f is not only (U, , -&)-equivalent<br />

to J <strong>and</strong> J, so that it leads to <strong>the</strong> same wave operators, but it is zmitary.


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 353<br />

According to Theorem 6.2, it follows that <strong>the</strong> wave operators W,<br />

(which are identical for all J, J, <strong>and</strong> p) are partially isometric if <strong>the</strong>y<br />

exist. The unitarity <strong>of</strong> p follows easily from <strong>the</strong> following identity, in<br />

which we set 4(x) = &x) = &(~)-r/~ Ei’s$(x):<br />

= s 4(x)* E;“E,(x)-~‘~ E,(x) E,(x)-“’ E;‘2rj(x) dx<br />

= s (b(x)* J%+(X) dx = II 4 1/12-<br />

The equivalence <strong>of</strong> 9 with J <strong>and</strong> J can be proved in <strong>the</strong> same way<br />

as above by noting that E2(~)lj2 -+ Ei/2 as 1 x 1 -+ co.<br />

As was remarked in Section 1, <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> a unitary indentifica-<br />

tion operator f equivalent to J makes it possible to reduce <strong>the</strong> problem<br />

to that <strong>of</strong> Schrodinger type, according to<br />

f-lW* = s-lim 02(- t) U1(t) Pr , 02(t) = f1U2(t) 1. (7.7)<br />

We have not proved <strong>the</strong> existence, let alone <strong>the</strong> completeness, <strong>of</strong><br />

W, . The reduction (7.7) to <strong>the</strong> wave operators <strong>of</strong> Schrodinger type<br />

raises <strong>the</strong> hope that some <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> criteria deduced for such wave opera-<br />

tors might be applicable. But this does not seem to be easy, for <strong>the</strong><br />

selfadjoint generator <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> group 02(t) is given by<br />

fi2 = j-1H2j = E;1’2E2(x)-1’2 c A<br />

(k rc 4 E,(x)-~‘~ E:12, (7.8)<br />

a ra<strong>the</strong>r complicated expression.<br />

It should be noted that <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> W, has been proved in [S]<br />

under ra<strong>the</strong>r mild assumptions, but <strong>the</strong> question <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> completeness<br />

<strong>of</strong> W, is open.<br />

8. ABSTRACT DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF SECOND ORDER<br />

As <strong>the</strong> second application, we consider <strong>the</strong> scattering problem<br />

associated with abstract differential equations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form<br />

$+Au=O, -co


354 KATO<br />

In this section we construct <strong>the</strong> unitary group U(t) associated with<br />

(8.1), <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> scattering problem relating to two such groups will be<br />

discussed in <strong>the</strong> following section.<br />

We assume in (8.1) that u = u(t) is an element, depending on t,<br />

<strong>of</strong> a separable Hilbert space R <strong>and</strong> A is a nonnegative selfadjoint<br />

operator in R. The general solution <strong>of</strong> (8.1) may be written<br />

u(t) = (cos tB) u(O) + B-‘(sin tB) C(O), (W<br />

where B = A1/2. The operator B-r(sin tB) E B(R) is well-defined<br />

in an obivous way even when B-l does not exist.<br />

(8.2) is a generalized solution <strong>of</strong> (8.1). If u(0) E D(B), <strong>the</strong>n<br />

du(t)<br />

- = C(t) = - (sin tl3) Bu(0) + (cos tB) C(O).<br />

dt<br />

(8.3)<br />

The given Hilbert space R is not a very convenient one for des-<br />

cribing <strong>the</strong> system (8.1). The usual procedure is to choose <strong>the</strong> pair<br />

(u(t), G(t)} as an element <strong>of</strong> a new space 8. Then (8.2) <strong>and</strong> (8.3) induce<br />

a transformation<br />

U(t) MO), 40)) = w>, W)). (8.4)<br />

The U(t) form a unitary group in $ if 5 is made into a Hilbert space<br />

with <strong>the</strong> norm<br />

II @, 4 II2 = II 21 lle2 + II u II23 (8.5)<br />

where 11 v I\ is <strong>the</strong> norm in R <strong>and</strong> 11 u IjB = II Bu 1) . To be more precise,<br />

we start with D(B) (<strong>the</strong> domain <strong>of</strong> B) equipped with <strong>the</strong> pseudonorm<br />

11 u IjB <strong>and</strong> complete it to a Hilbert space [D(B)], <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n define<br />

8 as <strong>the</strong> product space [a(B)] x R. We use <strong>the</strong> symbol [D(B)] always<br />

in this sense <strong>and</strong> D(B) in <strong>the</strong> usual sense as a linear manifold <strong>of</strong> R.<br />

It should be noted that in [D(B)] any two elements U, w E D(B) such<br />

that Bu = Bo are identified. Also [a(B)] in general contains ideal<br />

elements which are not in R.<br />

The unitarity <strong>of</strong> U(t) follows from<br />

II BW II2 + II WI II2 = II wx II2 + II YO) II29 +-4 E qa W)<br />

which can be verified easily by (8.2) <strong>and</strong> (8.3).<br />

The structure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> group U is closely related to that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> group<br />

{e-f1B} acting in R (cf. [2]). To bring out this relationship, we first<br />

note that<br />

Jt = p(B)] 0 W(B), 63.7)


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 355<br />

where X(B) is <strong>the</strong> null space <strong>of</strong> B <strong>and</strong> [s(B)] is <strong>the</strong> closure in R <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

range <strong>of</strong> B. The space .$J = [D(B)] x R thus has <strong>the</strong> decomposition<br />

sj = [W>l x Pv910 @I x WV (8.8)<br />

Now U(t) acts in {0} x ‘S(B) trivially, <strong>the</strong> latter being invariant under<br />

U(t). In fact, for z, E%(B) we have U(t) (0, ZJ> = {ta, w} = (0, a), for v<br />

is identified with 0 in [a(B)]. The behavior <strong>of</strong> U(t) in [D(B)] x [S(B)]<br />

can be best described by introducing <strong>the</strong> transformation {u, w} --f {f, g}<br />

given by<br />

= Bu + iw, g = Bu - iw, (8.9)<br />

where B is <strong>the</strong> unitary map <strong>of</strong> [D(B)] onto [S(B)] defined as <strong>the</strong> unique<br />

extension <strong>of</strong> B. As is easily seen, (8.9) is a unitary operator from<br />

[D(B)] x [S(B)] to [R(B)] x [X(B)]. In this “representation”, <strong>the</strong><br />

action <strong>of</strong> U(t) is given by<br />

f(t) = e-itBy(0), g(t) = eitB’g(0), (8.10)<br />

where {f(t), g(t)) is <strong>the</strong> transform <strong>of</strong> {u(t),ii(t)) under (8.9) <strong>and</strong> B’<br />

is <strong>the</strong> strictly positive part <strong>of</strong> B. In this sense U(t) is unitarily equiv-<br />

alent to <strong>the</strong> direct sum<br />

e-itB’ @ eitB’ @ 1. (8.11)<br />

Finally we need a description <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> absolutely continuous part<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> selfadjoint operator H which generates U(t). We denote by P<br />

<strong>and</strong> Q <strong>the</strong> projections <strong>of</strong> 8 <strong>and</strong> Jt on <strong>the</strong> subspaces <strong>of</strong> absolute con-<br />

tinuity for H <strong>and</strong> B, respectively.<br />

LEMMA 8.1. The following three conditions are equiwalent:<br />

(i) {u, w} E Psj;<br />

(ii) fEQ% gEQ%<br />

(iii) Bu E QR, w EQR.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Obviously (ii) <strong>and</strong> (iii) are equivalent. The representation<br />

<strong>of</strong> U(t) by (8.10) s h ows that (ii) is equivalent to (i) if<br />

1% 4 E Pv31 x [S(B)], that is, if w E [X(B)]. Thus it suf-<br />

fices to show that each <strong>of</strong> (i) <strong>and</strong> (ii) implies w E [S(B)]. Since<br />

Qst C [X(B)] = S(B)‘-, 1 ‘t is clear that (ii) implies w E [g(B)]. <strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong>, (i) implies that {u, w} is orthogonal to any eigenspace <strong>of</strong><br />

H. But {0} x 92(B), being invariant under <strong>the</strong> U(t), is an eigenspace<br />

<strong>of</strong> H. Hence {u, w} 1 {O] x g(B), that is, w ER(B)I = [X(B)].


356 KATO<br />

9. SCATTERING FOR THE SECOND-ORDER EQUATIONS<br />

Suppose we have two differential equations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form (8.1) in <strong>the</strong><br />

same Hilbert space St. We distinguish <strong>the</strong> two systems by subscripts<br />

j = 1, 2, thus writing Uj = ui(t), Aj , Bi = A:/“, etc. for <strong>the</strong> quantities<br />

discussed in Section 8. We introduce <strong>the</strong> corresponding unitary<br />

groups Uj(t) acting in <strong>the</strong> spaces 5, given by<br />

aj, = p(4)] x fi = [w-u x [w4)1 + (0) x %(B,). P-1)<br />

Our object is to construct <strong>the</strong> wave operators W,( Us , Ui; J) by<br />

introducing an appropriate identification operator J.<br />

As was noted in Section 1, <strong>the</strong>re is in general no unique choice <strong>of</strong> J.<br />

But since we are dealing with groups U, constructed from two<br />

equations in <strong>the</strong> same space R, <strong>the</strong>re are certain J’s that seem to be<br />

natural. Without going too much into <strong>the</strong> question how natural<br />

<strong>the</strong>y are, we shall consider <strong>the</strong> wave operators associated with <strong>the</strong>m.<br />

In any case we need some assumptions on <strong>the</strong> relationship between<br />

<strong>the</strong> two operators Aj . We make <strong>the</strong> following basic assumption.<br />

Condition 9. I. The Schrodinger type wave operators<br />

C, = W,(B, , B,) exist <strong>and</strong> are complete.<br />

This means that<br />

where Qj is <strong>the</strong> projection <strong>of</strong> R on <strong>the</strong> subspace <strong>of</strong> absolute continuity<br />

for Bj (or for A, , equivalently). C, are partial isometries with initial<br />

projection Qr <strong>and</strong> final projection Qs .<br />

Note also <strong>the</strong> intertwining property<br />

Cd, C B&k, C$B, C B&z. (9.3)<br />

Remark 9.2. Since <strong>the</strong> Bj = A:la are defined in an abstract<br />

way, <strong>the</strong>y are not “elementary” operators even when <strong>the</strong> A, are. Thus<br />

it might appear that Condition 9.1 is difficult to verify in concrete<br />

problems. This is not necessarily so, however. In many cases<br />

W,(B, , B,) exist, are complete <strong>and</strong> coincide with W,(A, , A,) if<br />

<strong>the</strong> latter exist <strong>and</strong> are complete (<strong>the</strong> principle <strong>of</strong> invariance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

wave operators); see [2], [IO], <strong>and</strong> [I], p. 543.<br />

In this section we choose an identification operator J E B($, , .fQ<br />

that seems to be ma<strong>the</strong>matically <strong>the</strong> simplest. A different <strong>and</strong> physic-


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 357<br />

ally more reasonable one will be considered in <strong>the</strong> next section. Let<br />

Fi be <strong>the</strong> projection <strong>of</strong> a on [‘X(Bj)], so that Fi > Qi . J is defined by<br />

Jh 4 = Qm$% 4 E 52 > {u, 4 E -51 9 (9.4)<br />

where lPj is <strong>the</strong> unitary map <strong>of</strong> [3)(Bi)] onto [X(Bj)] as <strong>the</strong> unique<br />

extension <strong>of</strong> Bi [cf. (8.9)]. I n o<strong>the</strong>r words, J{ul , q} = {uz , w2} if<br />

<strong>and</strong> only if &u, = Fz&ul <strong>and</strong> va = v, . Since <strong>the</strong> ~j are unitary <strong>and</strong><br />

F, is a projection, it is clear that 11 J 11 < 1. A simple calculation shows<br />

that <strong>the</strong> adjoint J* E B(& ,a,) is given by<br />

I*&, 4 = @?@b, 4 E -5, ,<br />

We can now prove (cf. [2])<br />

THEOREM 9.3. If Condition 9.1 is satis$ed, <strong>the</strong> wave operators<br />

W,( U, , UI; J) <strong>and</strong> W,( U, , Uz; J*) exist, are complete, <strong>and</strong> are<br />

mutually adjoint partial isometrics.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Let x E D(B,) <strong>and</strong> y ~%t(Bi). Then<br />

G(t) c% Y> = {Ul(Q 4(t)><br />

is given by (8.2) <strong>and</strong> (8.3) with B replaced by B, <strong>and</strong> u(O), G(O) by X, y,<br />

respectively. Thus<br />

B&t) = + eeitB1(Blx + iy) + 8 eft4(B,x - iy). (9.6)<br />

If we fur<strong>the</strong>r assume that x, y E QiR, <strong>the</strong>n B,x f. iy E QI~ too so<br />

that by (9.2)<br />

B1ul(t) N 4 eeftsaC*(Blx + iy) + Jj eitB2C~(B,x - iy)<br />

= 4 e-ftBa(B,Cjyc + i&y) + 3 eftBa(B&x - i&y) (9.7)<br />

as t -+ f co, where <strong>the</strong> intertwining property (9.3) <strong>of</strong> C, has also<br />

been used. Similarly we obtain<br />

Hence<br />

4(t) - 7j- - ’ e-f’Ba(B2Cjgc + i&y) + + e’tBa(B,CTx - iC,y).<br />

(9.8)


358 KATO<br />

with<br />

x* = g (C, + c-) x & + (C, - CJ qy,<br />

y*=r~(c+-c~)B1S+;(C++C-)y.<br />

(9.10)<br />

Here Bily denotes, ra<strong>the</strong>r improperly, <strong>the</strong> element <strong>of</strong> ID(&) orthogonal<br />

to R(B,) such that B,(Bily) = y (note that y E R(B,) by assumption).<br />

Set<br />

Then by <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> J<br />

hence<br />

JW> lx, Yl = J@l(Q WI = MG @>I~<br />

&%W = ~&%W~ %@) = W),<br />

II Jut> 1x9 Y> - U&) lx* 9 Yi> II2<br />

= II @z(t), %W> - h&>, ~a&)~ II2<br />

= II M4t> - %&)) ll”R + II 4(t) - 4*(t) IIt3 --+ 0<br />

(9.11)<br />

(9.12)<br />

(9.13)<br />

as t -+ & co, for <strong>the</strong> second term in <strong>the</strong> last member tends to zero<br />

by (9.9) <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> same is true <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> first term because by (9.12) it is<br />

equal to<br />

note (9.9) <strong>and</strong> that B,u,,(t) E [%(B,)].<br />

Since <strong>the</strong> {x, JJ> with <strong>the</strong> above properties (x E D(B,) n QIR,<br />

Y E WV<br />

continuity<br />

n Ql@ f orm a dense subset <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> subspace <strong>of</strong> absolute<br />

for Hr (see Lemma 8.1), (9.13) implies <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>of</strong><br />

IV, = W,( U, , Ul; J), with<br />

W&, y> = {a 3 Y*)<br />

(9.14)<br />

for <strong>the</strong> {x, JJ} restricted as above. (9.10) does not make sense for a<br />

general {x, r} E !& . But it can be extended to all {x, y) E I’#, (which<br />

is equivalent to X, y E QIR by Lemma 8.1) if Bil <strong>and</strong> B, on <strong>the</strong> right<br />

are replaced by &l <strong>and</strong> 8, , respectively, for <strong>the</strong> ensuing map from<br />

P#, to P&, is bounded. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, (9.14) is <strong>the</strong>n even true for<br />

every (x, r} E& in virtue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> property C, = C&r . In what<br />

follows (9.10) should be read in <strong>the</strong> extended sense so that (9.14) is<br />

true for all {X, r} E .Eil .


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 359<br />

Next we shall show that J* is a (U, , &)-asymptotic left inverse to<br />

J (see Definition 5.1). Since<br />

II (1 - J*l) G4 4 II& = II ((1 - ~‘,lwa~,) %O> llsj,<br />

by (9.4) <strong>and</strong> (9.5), it suffices to show that<br />

= 11 %l(l -FlF‘2) &u I/B1<br />

where ul(t) is as in (9.6). Thus it suffices to show that<br />

But<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

(1 - F,F,) 6’ tBIQ1 -+ 0, t--t-&a. (9.16)<br />

1 - F,F, = (1 - Fl) + Fl( 1 - F,)<br />

(1 - FJ FitBIQl = SitE1(l -FJQ, = 0<br />

because Qr < Fl. <strong>On</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong>, it is known that<br />

(1 - Q2) e-itBIQI -+ 0 whenever C, exist (see, e.g., [I], p. 531.)<br />

Since F, > Q2 , it follows that (1 - F,) e-itBIQr + 0 <strong>and</strong> (9.16) is<br />

proved.<br />

According to Theorem 6.3, <strong>the</strong> wave operators W,( U, , U,; J)<br />

are semicomplete <strong>and</strong> partially isometric. Since <strong>the</strong> same is true <strong>of</strong><br />

w,tU, > Usi I*) by s Y mmetry, <strong>the</strong> assertions <strong>of</strong> Theorem 9.3 follow<br />

from Theorem 6.3.<br />

10. ANOTHER IDENTIFICATION FOR THE SAME PROBLEM<br />

The existence <strong>and</strong> completeness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> wave operators<br />

W,( U, , U,; J) proved in Theorem 9.3 depends on a fortunate<br />

choice <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> identification operator J. Ma<strong>the</strong>matically it seems to be<br />

<strong>the</strong> simplest one (Birman [2] uses <strong>the</strong> same J, ra<strong>the</strong>r implicitly). But<br />

it is a different question whe<strong>the</strong>r it is a natural choice from <strong>the</strong> physical<br />

point <strong>of</strong> view.<br />

Physically it would seem more appropriate to identify {u, V} <strong>of</strong> .sj,<br />

with <strong>the</strong> same pair <strong>of</strong> & (simple identification). But this is possible<br />

only when [xJ(&)] = [a(&)]. We shall modify this identification<br />

slightly to allow somewhat more general situations.


360 KATO<br />

We introduce<br />

Condition 10.1. D(B,) C %(B,) <strong>and</strong><br />

* II BP II < II &u II < M II BP II, u E WV, (10.1)<br />

where m <strong>and</strong> M are positive constants.<br />

Such a situation may occur, for example, when A, is <strong>the</strong> Friedrichs<br />

extension <strong>of</strong> a nonnegative symmetric operator A’ in A <strong>and</strong> A, is<br />

ano<strong>the</strong>r nonnegative extension <strong>of</strong> A’. (For more concrete examples,<br />

see <strong>the</strong> following section.)<br />

If Condition 10.1 is satisfied, we have also [ID(&)] C [P(&)] under<br />

an obvious identification for ideal elements, <strong>and</strong><br />

* II BP II < II &u II S M II &J II, u E P(&)l C PWI. (10.2)<br />

This implies that <strong>the</strong> two norms J] &,, <strong>and</strong> 11 JIBa in [a(&)] are equivalent<br />

so that [D(&)] is a (closed) subspace <strong>of</strong> [D(B,)]. Let us denote<br />

by G <strong>the</strong> orthogonal projection <strong>of</strong> [%I(&)] onto its subspace [%)(B,)].<br />

We now introduce <strong>the</strong> identification operator Jon &1 = [B(B1)] x A<br />

to 82 = [W&J] x R by<br />

Jo4 4 = i% 4.<br />

(10.3)<br />

J is <strong>the</strong> projection <strong>of</strong> $r onto $a regarded as a subspace <strong>of</strong> Z& . (10.3)<br />

reduces to J{u, V} = {u, V> (simple identification) if [a(&)] = [a(&)].<br />

We shall now show that under a certain additional assumption,<br />

J is (U, , &)-equivalent to j so that W,( U, , UI; J) exist <strong>and</strong> are<br />

equal to ?V,(U, , UI; J). In fact, for x E D(B,) n QIR <strong>and</strong><br />

y E %(B,) n Q1~ we have<br />

II (i - I, ul(t) 6~ r> II = II (k’F,$ - G) udt) bz<br />

= II (F,B, - &G) u,(t) IIR ,<br />

(10.4)<br />

where ul(t) is as in Section 9. But Blul(t) N B,u,,(t) in R by (9.9), SO<br />

that<br />

~,B,dt) -~dMti(t) = BGZ&) in R. (10.5)<br />

Since, on <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong>, <strong>the</strong> metric I( ((s, is equivalent to (/ IIs, on<br />

[D(&)], we have<br />

B,%(t) - &%&) = J&44 in R (10.6)<br />

provided that <strong>the</strong> following condition is satisfied:


Condition 10.2.<br />

SCATTERING THEORY WITfI TWO HILBERT SPACES 361<br />

II UlP> - %k(t) /I& -+ 09<br />

t-+&al.<br />

It follows from (10.5) <strong>and</strong> (10.6) that (10.4) tends to zero as t --t & co,<br />

showing that J is equivalent to J.<br />

Let us now introduce an inverse identification operator<br />

J’ E ~(~2 9 81) bY<br />

Y’h 4 = e4 4, {u, 4 6 52 - (10.7)<br />

J’ is simply <strong>the</strong> canonical injection <strong>of</strong> 5, into 5, . We shall show that<br />

y is a (U, , &)-asymptotic left inverse to J. Since yf{u, o} = {Gu, V}<br />

for {u, w> E $r , we have<br />

II (1’9 - 1) Wt) ix, ~1 II = II (G - 1) W 11~1<br />

with <strong>the</strong> notation used above. But since z++(t) E a(&), we have<br />

/I (1 - G) ul(t> IIB, < 11 q(t) - %&) iiBl + 0<br />

by Condition 10.2. Thus (fJ - 1) Ul(t) PI --+ 0, as we wished to<br />

show.<br />

Noting Theorems 5.3 <strong>and</strong> 9.3, we have thus proved<br />

THEOREM 10.3. Suppose Conditions 9.1,10.1, <strong>and</strong> 10.2 are satisfied.<br />

LetJ,J<strong>and</strong>J’b e d$ e ne d as above. Then J is (U, , j-)-equivalent to J,<br />

so that W, = W,( U, , UI; J) exist .<strong>and</strong> are equal to W,( U, , UI; J)<br />

constructed in Theorem 9.3. In particular <strong>the</strong>y are complete <strong>and</strong> partially<br />

isometric with initial projection PI <strong>and</strong> $nal projection Pz . J’ is a<br />

(U, , &)-asymptotic left inverse to J. Thus W,( U, , Uz; y) exist, are<br />

complete <strong>and</strong> equal to W+ .<br />

Remark 10.4. Theorem 10.3 is somewhat unsatisfactory in that<br />

Condition 10.2 is not easy to verify directly. Thus it is desirable to<br />

give some sufficient conditions for it.<br />

THEOREM 10.5. Under Conditions 9.1 <strong>and</strong> 10.1, each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> follow-<br />

ing conditions (all involving convergence in a) is suficient for Condition<br />

10.2 to be satisfied:<br />

(4<br />

(b)<br />

for each u E D(B,) n Q,R;<br />

m= 1;<br />

B,(edit~ - ebifBaC*) II 4 0, t+*=b


362 KATO<br />

(c) Bleit4e-“tB2Cg4 -+ B,u,<br />

for each 24 E D(B,) r\ f&l;<br />

(4<br />

for each v E a(&) n Q.$;<br />

(B, - B,) emitB% -+ 0,<br />

(e) Wl) ’ W2) <strong>and</strong> (A,<br />

for each v E X+4,) n Q&t.<br />

t-+z!c:oO,<br />

A2) emitBee, + 0<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Looking at <strong>the</strong> expressions for q(t) <strong>and</strong> u,,(t) in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

x,y<strong>and</strong>x,,y,, respectively, given in Section 9, it is easy to see that<br />

(b) implies Condition 10.2. Also it is clear that (b) <strong>and</strong> (c) are equivalent.<br />

(d) implies (b), as is seen by setting v = C,u <strong>and</strong> noting that<br />

=e -itBeB2Cku = B2ewitB~Chu<br />

as t--t&co.<br />

To show that (a) implies (c), we first note that (c) is always true<br />

if <strong>the</strong> strong convergence +- is replaced by weak convergence. In<br />

fact, <strong>the</strong> left member <strong>of</strong> (c) is bounded for t -+ & co, its norm being<br />

majorized by<br />

11 Ble-“tBaC+u 1) < m -’ 11 B2e-itB2C*u I/ = m-l II B&3 II = mm1 II G&u II<br />

= m-l 11 B,u II .<br />

Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, it is easy to see that <strong>the</strong> scalar product <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> left member<br />

<strong>of</strong> (c) with w E a(&) is equal to<br />

(eitB1e-itB2C;tu, B,w) -+ (u, B,w) = (B,u, w).<br />

Since a(B,) is dense in St, this proves <strong>the</strong> weak covergence. If m = 1,<br />

<strong>the</strong> above estimate shows that <strong>the</strong> weak limit has norm not smaller<br />

than <strong>the</strong> converging elements. Thus <strong>the</strong> convergence must be strong,<br />

by a well-known <strong>the</strong>orem. Thus (a) implies (c).<br />

The same argument shows that (e) implies (c). In fact, writing<br />

v = C,u we have <strong>the</strong> estimate<br />

11 Ble-itBzv 112 = (eitBaAle-itBav, v) - (e-zA2e--PtBsv, v)<br />

= (A,e, w) = 11 B,v II2 = /I B&u II2 = II C+B,u II2 = I/ B,u II2


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 363<br />

as above. Here we assumed that u E D(A,) n QIA so that<br />

v E D(A,) n Q$, but <strong>the</strong> general case u E a(&) n QIR can be dealt<br />

with by a st<strong>and</strong>ard method.<br />

Remark 10.6. Consider <strong>the</strong> special case B(B,) = D(B,) so that<br />

P,(4)1 <strong>and</strong> PwI are <strong>the</strong> same vector space. Then Theorem 10.3<br />

is symmetric with respect to W,( U, , U,; _I> <strong>and</strong> W,( U, , U2; jl),<br />

for both J <strong>and</strong> /’ are <strong>the</strong> simple identification in <strong>the</strong> same vector space<br />

!& <strong>and</strong> .fj, . In order to verify Condition 10.2, <strong>the</strong>refore, one may as<br />

well verify <strong>the</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> Theorem 10.5 with <strong>the</strong> subscripts 1, 2<br />

exchanged. (For example M = 1 instead <strong>of</strong> m = 1.)<br />

11. APPLICATIONS TO THE SCATTERING FOR WAVE EQUATIONS<br />

We shall apply <strong>the</strong> foregoing results to <strong>the</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> wave<br />

operators for various scattering problems related to <strong>the</strong> ordinary<br />

wave equations. It would be <strong>of</strong> some interest that we are in this way<br />

able to deduce some important results without using <strong>the</strong> Huygens<br />

principle.<br />

A. Wave Equations with a Potential (cf. [A)<br />

First we consider <strong>the</strong> wave equation with a potential<br />

a224<br />

m - Au + q(x) II = 0<br />

in R3, where q(x) is a real-valued measurable function. In order to<br />

apply <strong>the</strong> results <strong>of</strong> Sections 8-10, we start from <strong>the</strong> Hilbert space<br />

K = Lz(R3) <strong>and</strong> define <strong>the</strong> selfadjoint operators A, = - d <strong>and</strong><br />

A, = - A + q(x). A s is well known (see, e.g., [I], p. 303), such an<br />

A, is well-defined under a mild assumption on <strong>the</strong> potential q(x). For<br />

example, it suffices that q(x) is <strong>the</strong> sum <strong>of</strong> a bounded function <strong>and</strong> an<br />

L2-function; <strong>the</strong>n we have %(AJ = B(A,). Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, we assume<br />

that A, > 0.<br />

We can now construct <strong>the</strong> spaces 5j <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> unitary groups U, ,<br />

j = 1,2. (The se are identical with <strong>the</strong> ones considered in [7].)<br />

For Condition 9.1 to be satisfied, we need stronger restrictions on<br />

q(x). For example, it suffices to assume that (i) q EU(R~) n L2(R3)<br />

(see, e.g. [I], p. 546). Ano<strong>the</strong>r sufficient condition is that (ii) q ELM,<br />

q(x) is locally Hold er continuous with a finite number <strong>of</strong> singularities,<br />

<strong>and</strong> q(x) = o(I x 1-2--.), E > 0, as ] x 1 -+ co (see Ikebe [II]). It<br />

580/1/3-8


364 KATO<br />

should be noted that in each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se cases, not only W,(A, , A,)<br />

exist but <strong>the</strong> principle <strong>of</strong> invariance holds so that Condition 9.1 is<br />

satisfied. The invariance in case (i) is a consequence <strong>of</strong> a general<br />

<strong>the</strong>orem related to perturbations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> trace class (see, e.g., [I],<br />

p. 543). In case (ii), it follows from a more general <strong>the</strong>ory recently<br />

developed by Kuroda [3].<br />

Under <strong>the</strong>se conditions <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>and</strong> completeness <strong>of</strong><br />

W,( U, , Ui; J) <strong>and</strong> I+‘,( U, , Uz; J*) follow from Theorem 9.3.<br />

Since none <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Bi has eigenvalue zero, J identifies {ui , vi} E ~j,<br />

<strong>and</strong> {z+ , ~a} E $a if <strong>and</strong> only if&u, = &u, <strong>and</strong> zli = va , <strong>and</strong> J* = J-l.<br />

But <strong>the</strong>se wave operators may not be very interesting physically,<br />

for <strong>the</strong> identification operators J <strong>and</strong> J* are ra<strong>the</strong>r artificial.<br />

A more realistic identification is given by I <strong>of</strong> Section 10, which<br />

identifies <strong>the</strong> above elements if <strong>and</strong> only if ui = ua <strong>and</strong> vi = vo2<br />

(this / is adopted in [7j). It should be noted that we have<br />

w4) = W2) in each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cases (i), (ii) considered above (a con-<br />

sequence <strong>of</strong> a stronger property D(A,) = D(A,) which is valid in<br />

<strong>the</strong>se cases; see, e.g. [12]). But <strong>the</strong> condition (10.1) imposes fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />

restrictions on p(x). It is easy to show that (10.1) is true if p(x) 3 0,<br />

but it is stronger than necessary. It suffices that <strong>the</strong> negative part <strong>of</strong><br />

Q(X) is not too strong. We note that 4 EL~/~(R~) in each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cases<br />

(i), (ii), so that<br />

by <strong>the</strong> Sobolev inequality, where c is a numerical constant. The same<br />

inequality holds when q is replaced by q+ , <strong>the</strong> positive <strong>and</strong> negative<br />

parts <strong>of</strong> q. Thus (10.1) is true if<br />

c II q- lip/* < 1,<br />

(11.2)<br />

with m = 1 - c ]I q- /lLsjz <strong>and</strong> M = 1 + c I] q+ llLs/~ . In what follows<br />

we shall assume (11.2) so that Condition<br />

be noted that (11.2) implies A, > 0.<br />

10.1 is satisfied. It should<br />

Finally we shall show that Condition 10.2 is also satisfied under <strong>the</strong><br />

above assumptions. This would be obvious if we assumed q(x) > 0<br />

as in [A, for <strong>the</strong>n (a) <strong>of</strong> Theorem 10.5 is true. But we shall show that<br />

(e) <strong>of</strong> Theorem 10.5 is applicable without such an assumption.<br />

To verify (e), we may exchange <strong>the</strong> subscripts 1, 2 in (e), according<br />

to Remark 10.6. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, D(A,) = 3(/l,) as mentioned above.<br />

Since (A, - A,) e--ilBU = (A, - A,) (A, + 1)-l f+~l(A,<br />

where (A, - A,) (A, + 1)-l E B(R), it suffices to prove<br />

+ 1) u,<br />

(A, - A,) e-itE1u -+ 0 in RR, f+ztCO, (11.3)


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 365<br />

for each u E 3, , where 9, is a core <strong>of</strong> A, [i.e., a subset <strong>of</strong> D(A,) such<br />

that (A, + 1) 3, is dense in R]; note that A, is absolutely continuous<br />

so that Qi = 1. (Equation (11.3) is analogous to, but different from,<br />

a convergence proved by Wilcox [13] in which B, is replaced by A,).<br />

We take as 9, <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all linear combinations <strong>of</strong> u = U(X) E R<br />

which have Fourier transforms <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form<br />

22(p) = const. pypTp3”p”,” j p 1-l e+I, (11.4)<br />

where aj > 0 are integers. It is easily seen that DD, is a core <strong>of</strong> A,<br />

(cf. [I], p. 300). s ince e&@ is simply <strong>the</strong> multiplication by e--illPl in<br />

<strong>the</strong> p-representation, w(t) = emilBIU for u with (11.4) can be computed<br />

explicitly by inverse Fourier transformation. The result is<br />

w(t) = w(t, x)<br />

= (1 +& + (X 12 CC~le,fi~fii<br />

Br, (11.5)<br />

[ (1 + it;+ I X 12 1<br />

where ca,ag, are constants <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> sum is taken over <strong>the</strong> indices<br />

& 3 0 such that /3i + & + & = 01~ + a2 + ~/a . What is important<br />

for our purpose is that ru(t, X) is a bounded function <strong>of</strong> x E R3, with<br />

<strong>the</strong> bound going to zero as t + f co. The pro<strong>of</strong> is simple <strong>and</strong> may<br />

be omitted. Since A, - A, is <strong>the</strong> multiplication by q(x), which is in<br />

L2(R3), it follows that (11.3) is true.<br />

Thus Theorem 10.3 is applicable: IV, = IV&( U, , U1; J) <strong>and</strong><br />

I#‘,( U, , U2; y) exist, are complete, <strong>and</strong> are adjoints to each o<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

IV, are isometric, for PI = 1 in virtue <strong>of</strong> Qi = 1. But we do not know<br />

in general whe<strong>the</strong>r or not <strong>the</strong>y are unitary. The nonunitary case will<br />

occur if A, has a nonzero singular part. Such a possibility is excluded<br />

in case (ii) stated above (see [II]), but <strong>the</strong> question is open in case (i).<br />

In any case this is a question about <strong>the</strong> Schrodinger operator A,.<br />

B. Scattering by Obstacles: Zero boundary condition (cf. [4], [.5])<br />

We now consider <strong>the</strong> wave equation<br />

a%4<br />

--Au=O.<br />

at2<br />

(11.6)<br />

The unperturbed equation is (11.6) considered in Rn, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> per-<br />

turbed one is <strong>the</strong> same equation considered in a domain J2 <strong>of</strong> Rn,<br />

which is <strong>the</strong> exterior <strong>of</strong> a bounded open set S2,. We assume that<br />

<strong>the</strong> boundary 82 is sufficiently smooth.


366 KATO<br />

The unperturbed equation can be written in <strong>the</strong> form (8.1) with<br />

A = A, = - d as in <strong>the</strong> preceding paragraph, with <strong>the</strong> Hilbert<br />

space R = L2(Rlt). To describe <strong>the</strong> perturbed equation in a similar<br />

form, we have to specify <strong>the</strong> boundary condition on X! Here we<br />

choose <strong>the</strong> zero boundary condition, which makes - A into a selfadjoint<br />

operator A; in R’ = L2(s2). To fit <strong>the</strong> present problem into<br />

<strong>the</strong> framework <strong>of</strong> Section 9, we enlarge this space a’ to R = R’ @ R”,<br />

where R” = L2(ln,), <strong>and</strong> accordingly <strong>the</strong> operator Ai to<br />

A,=A;l@Ai, where A,” is <strong>the</strong> selfadjoint operator in s” defined<br />

by - A <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> zero boundary condition. In this way we have two<br />

selfadjoint operators A, , A, acting in <strong>the</strong> same Hilbert space R.<br />

A, is absolutely continuous so that Qr = 1. Since it is well known<br />

that Ai has pure point spectrum, <strong>the</strong> absolutely continuous part <strong>of</strong><br />

A, must be a part <strong>of</strong> A;1 , <strong>and</strong> Q2R C a’. Since <strong>the</strong> results <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> preceding<br />

sections are essentially related only to absolutely continuous<br />

parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operators, <strong>the</strong> part Ai does not appear at all in our final<br />

results. But it is convenient to include it as a part <strong>of</strong> A, so that<br />

A, acts in <strong>the</strong> same space fi as A, does, as our general <strong>the</strong>ory<br />

requires.<br />

It is obvious that both A, > 0; none <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>m has <strong>the</strong> eigenvalue<br />

zero. Thus Bi = Aila <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> unitary groups Uj in <strong>the</strong> spaces 81 are<br />

well defined. We also define Bk = Ai1J2, B,” = Ai112.<br />

Condition 9.1 is satisfied for <strong>the</strong> pair B, , B, , as is seen from <strong>the</strong><br />

result, due to Birman [14], that (A, + 1)-k - (A, + 1)-k belongs<br />

to <strong>the</strong> trace class for sufficiently large positive integer k. In fact this<br />

implies that not only <strong>the</strong> Schrodinger type wave operators W,(A, , A,)<br />

exist <strong>and</strong> are complete but <strong>the</strong> invariance principle holds (see Remark<br />

9.2).<br />

It follows from Theorem 9.3 that <strong>the</strong> wave operators W,( U, , U1; J)<br />

<strong>and</strong> W,( Ul , U2; J*) exist, are complete <strong>and</strong> mutually adjoint<br />

partial isometries. Here again, however, <strong>the</strong> identification operators<br />

J, J* are ra<strong>the</strong>r arbitrary <strong>and</strong> may not be interesting physically.<br />

More reasonable identifications are given by J <strong>and</strong> J’ as before.<br />

In order to be able to define <strong>the</strong>m, we have to verify Condition 10.1.<br />

It is easily seen from <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> A, , A, that both I] B,u II2 <strong>and</strong><br />

11 B,u ]I2 are formally equal to <strong>the</strong> Dirichlet integral JR” I grad u I2 dx.<br />

But a(B,) is smaller than D(B,) owing to <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> boundary<br />

conditions on 8JJ = 2X$,. More precisely, D(B,) = 5@(P) whereas<br />

?D(B,) = P(G) @ .W(52,), where @ denotes <strong>the</strong> completion under <strong>the</strong><br />

Dirichlet norm <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> space <strong>of</strong> smooth functions with compact supports<br />

(see Deny <strong>and</strong> Lions [15]). Thus ~~(23,) C D(B,) <strong>and</strong> 11 B,u ]I2<br />

is a restriction <strong>of</strong> )I B,u l12. This means that Condition 10.1 is satisfied


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 367<br />

with m = M = 1. It follows also that & = [X$&J] x Jt is a subspace<br />

<strong>of</strong> a1 = [ID( x R (including <strong>the</strong> metric). Note that<br />

<strong>of</strong> which <strong>the</strong> second summ<strong>and</strong> is contained in (1 - P,) $ja <strong>and</strong> is <strong>of</strong><br />

no interest in scattering <strong>the</strong>ory.<br />

Since m = 1 in (lO.l), Condition 10.2 is also satisfied by Theorem<br />

10.5 (a). It follows that Theorem 10.3 is applicable; W,(U, , Ur; J)<br />

<strong>and</strong> W,(U,, U2; Y) exist, are complete <strong>and</strong> mutually adjoint partial<br />

isometries.<br />

Let us recall that J is simply <strong>the</strong> projection <strong>of</strong> 8i onto its subspace<br />

8, <strong>and</strong> J’ is <strong>the</strong> canonical injection <strong>of</strong> 8, into br . These identifications<br />

coincide with <strong>the</strong> ones implicitly used in [4] <strong>and</strong> [.5].<br />

Although we have deduced <strong>the</strong> existence <strong>and</strong> completeness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

wave operators for <strong>the</strong> scattering for wave equations from <strong>the</strong> cor-<br />

responding Schrodinger wave operators, we have not touched upon<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r more delicate problems. For example we have not proved that<br />

A;1 is absolutely continuous, a result proved by Shizuta [Id] (see also<br />

[5]). But again this is a problem related to <strong>the</strong> SchrSdinger operators.<br />

C. Scattering by Obstacles. O<strong>the</strong>r boundary conditions (cf. [5J)<br />

Let us consider <strong>the</strong> problem <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> preceding paragraph with <strong>the</strong><br />

zero boundary condition replaced by o<strong>the</strong>r conditions. First we<br />

consider <strong>the</strong> Neumann condition a~/& = 0.<br />

The corresponding operator A, is now defined as <strong>the</strong> direct sum<br />

$4 @A”,, where <strong>the</strong> summ<strong>and</strong>s are <strong>the</strong> self-adjoint operators in Ji’<br />

<strong>and</strong> R”, respectively, constructed from - d with <strong>the</strong> Neumann<br />

boundary condition. The operator A, for <strong>the</strong> free wave is <strong>the</strong> same<br />

as before.<br />

Again A, 3 0 <strong>and</strong> B, = Ai/” can be constructed. B, has an eigenvalue<br />

zero, but it occurs only for <strong>the</strong> inessential part B”, . Condition 9.1<br />

is satisfied, again by <strong>the</strong> trace condition due to Birman [Z4]. Thus<br />

Theorem 9.3 holds true, but it may not be interesting.<br />

Regarding Condition 10.1, <strong>the</strong>re is a great difference from <strong>the</strong> case<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> zero boundary condition. This time 1) B,u II2 is an extension<br />

(instead <strong>of</strong> a restriction) <strong>of</strong> Ij B,u 112, for it is <strong>the</strong> sum <strong>of</strong> Dirichlet<br />

integrals taken over Q <strong>and</strong> Sz, separately, D(B,) being <strong>the</strong> direct sum<br />

WQ) 0 BL(Q,,), w h ere BL denotes <strong>the</strong> Beppo-Levi space (see [15J)<br />

[which means that u E D(B,) can be completely discontinuous across


368 KATO<br />

<strong>the</strong> boundary between IR <strong>and</strong> @,I. It follows that Condition<br />

satisfied with <strong>the</strong> subscripts 1, 2 exchanged, with m = M = 1.<br />

10.1 is<br />

By Theorem 10.5 (a), Condition 10.2 is also satisfied with <strong>the</strong><br />

subscripts exchanged. Applying Theorem 10.3 with <strong>the</strong> subscripts<br />

exchanged, we see that W,( U, , U,; 9’) <strong>and</strong> W,( U, , U,; 9) exist, are<br />

complete <strong>and</strong> mutually adjoint partial isometries. Here 9’ is <strong>the</strong><br />

projection <strong>of</strong> & onto $jl , which is now a subspace <strong>of</strong> J& , <strong>and</strong> p is <strong>the</strong><br />

canonical injection <strong>of</strong> $r into sjB . O<strong>the</strong>r remarks similar to <strong>the</strong> ones<br />

given in <strong>the</strong> preceding paragraphs apply also in this case.<br />

Finally we consider boundary conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> third kind<br />

au/&z + u(x) u = 0 on aJ2. We denote <strong>the</strong> corresponding selfadjoint<br />

operator in R’ = L2(sZ) by Ai . If we assume that o(x) > 0,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n A; > 0 <strong>and</strong> it is associated with <strong>the</strong> nonnegative quadratic<br />

form 1) Bju ]I2 which is <strong>the</strong> sum <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Dirichlet form <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface<br />

integral Jan u(x) 1 u I2 dS, where B; = Ai1i2. For convenience we<br />

define A: = Ai as above as <strong>the</strong> selfadjoint operator in a” = L2(Q,,)<br />

with <strong>the</strong> Neumann boundary condition, <strong>and</strong> set A, = Aj @ A:.<br />

Again Condition 9.1 is satisfied by Birman’s criterion, <strong>and</strong> Theorem<br />

9.3 holds true.<br />

The form 11 B,u /I2 = 11 Bju /I2 + (I B& II2 associated with A, has<br />

domain 3(B3) = BL(Q) @ BL(Q,) = a(B,), since <strong>the</strong> surface integral<br />

is bounded with respect to <strong>the</strong> Dirichlet integral if u(x) is sufficiently<br />

smooth. Thus we have D(B,) 3 D(B,) <strong>and</strong> Condition 10.1 is satisfied<br />

with <strong>the</strong> subscripts 1, 2 replaced by 3, 1. But <strong>the</strong> corresponding<br />

constants are such that m < 1 = M if u(x) > 0 for some x E 8Q.<br />

Thus we do not know whe<strong>the</strong>r or not Condition 10.2 is satisfied.<br />

To avoid this difficulty, it is convenient to use <strong>the</strong> chain rule<br />

(Theorem 4.3). We consider three groups, <strong>the</strong> unperturbed group<br />

U, , <strong>the</strong> group U, considered above for <strong>the</strong> Neumann boundary<br />

condition, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> group U, for <strong>the</strong> third-kind boundary condition<br />

under consideration. Accordingly, we introduce <strong>the</strong> following<br />

identification operators. Jzr E B(& ,a,) <strong>and</strong> Ji2 E B(& , &) are <strong>the</strong><br />

J<strong>and</strong> J’ considered above for <strong>the</strong> wave operators for <strong>the</strong> pair U, , U, .<br />

Similarly we define Jal E B($j, , $a) <strong>and</strong> Jr, E B($& , $i) for <strong>the</strong> pair<br />

U, , U, . For <strong>the</strong> pair U, , U, , we define Ja2 E B(Jj, , a,) <strong>and</strong><br />

-723 = hi1 E W, 9 52) as simple identifications between fj, <strong>and</strong> $a ,<br />

which are identical as a vector space. In fact we have a(B,) = Ad<br />

<strong>and</strong><br />

II B,u II < II B,u II < M’ II B,u II > u E a(B,) = 3)(B,). (11.7)<br />

It follows that not only Condition 10.1 but also Condition 10.2<br />

is satisfied for <strong>the</strong> pair U, , U, , again by Theorem 10.5, (a). Hence


SCATTERING THEORY WITH TWO HILBERT SPACES 369<br />

W,( U, , U,; JS2) <strong>and</strong> W+( U, , Ua; J2a) exist, are complete <strong>and</strong> are<br />

mutually adjoint partial isometries. Also we know that <strong>the</strong> same is<br />

true <strong>of</strong> w,( us , UC Jzl) <strong>and</strong> W,(u, , us; j&J.<br />

But 331 = 332321 9 both members being equal to <strong>the</strong> canonical<br />

injection <strong>of</strong> 5r into &. Thus it follows from Theorem 4.3 that<br />

W+( U, , Ul; y3r) exist, are complete <strong>and</strong> are partial isometries.<br />

Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, since JrsJai = 1 (identity in $Q, J1a is a (U, , &)asymptotic<br />

left inverse to J3r . It follows from Theorem 5.3 that<br />

W+( U, , U3; Jra) exist, are complete, <strong>and</strong> are equal to W+( U, , Ul;<br />

33,>*.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

1. -TO, T. “Perturbation Theory for Linear Operators.” Springer, Berlin, 1966.<br />

2. BIRMAN, M. SH., Existence conditions for wave operators. Izv. Akad. Nauk<br />

S.S.S.R., Ser. Mat. 21 (1963), 883-906; Am. Math. Sac. Transl., Ser. 2. 54<br />

(1966), 91-117.<br />

3. KURODA, S. T., An abstract stationary approach to perturbation <strong>of</strong> continuous<br />

spectra <strong>and</strong> scattering <strong>the</strong>ory. J. Anal. Math. (to be published).<br />

4. LAX, P. AND PHILLIPS, R. S., Scattering <strong>the</strong>ory. Bull. Am. Math. Sot. 70 (1964),<br />

130-142 (also, forthcoming book “Scattering Theory,” Academic Press, New<br />

York).<br />

5. SHWK II, N. A., Eigenfunction expansions <strong>and</strong> scattering <strong>the</strong>ory for <strong>the</strong> wave<br />

equation in an exterior region. Arch. Ratl. Meek. Anal. 21 (1966), 120-150.<br />

6. SCHMIDT, G., Scattering <strong>the</strong>ory for Maxwell’s equations in an exterior domain<br />

(Preprint, Stanford University).<br />

7. THOE, D., Spectral <strong>the</strong>ory for <strong>the</strong> wave equation with a potential term. Arch.<br />

Ratl. Meek. Anal. 22 (1966), 364-406.<br />

8. WILCOX, C. H., Wave operators <strong>and</strong> asymptotic solutions <strong>of</strong> wave propagation<br />

problems <strong>of</strong> classical physics. Arch. RatZ. Mech. Anal. 22 (1966), 37-78.<br />

9. PUTNAM, C. R., <strong>On</strong> normal operators in Hilbert space. Am. J. Math. 73 (1951),<br />

357-362.<br />

10. KATO, T., Wave operators <strong>and</strong> unitary equivalence. Pacific J. Math. 15 (1965),<br />

171-180.<br />

11. kEF3E, T., Eigenfunction expansions associated with <strong>the</strong> Schroedinger operators<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir applications to scattering <strong>the</strong>ory. Arch. Ratl. Mech. An&. 5 (1960), l-34.<br />

12. KATO, T., Notes on some inequalities for linear operators. Math. Ann. 125 (1952),<br />

208-212.<br />

13. WILCOX, C. H., Uniform asymptotic estimates for wave packets in <strong>the</strong> quantum<br />

<strong>the</strong>ory <strong>of</strong> scattering. J. Math. Phys. 6 (1965), 611-620.<br />

14. BIRMAN, M. SH., Perturbations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> continuous spectrum <strong>of</strong> a singular elliptic<br />

operator under <strong>the</strong> change <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> boundary <strong>and</strong> boundary conditions. Vest.<br />

Leningrad. Univ., Ser. Mat., Meh, Astron. 1 (1962), 22-55.<br />

15. DENY, J. AND LIONS, J. L., L-es espaces du type de Beppo Levi. Ann. Inst. Fourier 5<br />

(1953-54), 305-370.<br />

16. SHIZUTA, Y., Eigenfunction expansion associated with <strong>the</strong> operator -A in <strong>the</strong><br />

exterior domain. Proc. Japan Acad. 39 (1963), 656-660.


JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 1, 370-377 (1967)<br />

<strong>On</strong> Structure Spaces <strong>and</strong> Extensions <strong>of</strong> C*-Algebras<br />

ROBERT C. BUSBY<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Ma<strong>the</strong>mutics, Oakl<strong>and</strong> University, Rochester, Michigan 48063<br />

Communicated by Irving Segal<br />

Received July 11, 1967<br />

1. ~TR~DUCTION<br />

In [I], we discussed <strong>the</strong> extension problem for C*-algebras <strong>and</strong><br />

raised <strong>the</strong> following question: If A <strong>and</strong> C are C*-algebras with<br />

HausdorB structure spaces, <strong>and</strong> if <strong>the</strong> C*-algebra B is an extension<br />

<strong>of</strong> A by C (see [I] for definitions), when is <strong>the</strong> structure space <strong>of</strong> B<br />

Hausdorff ? It is <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> this note to answer this question for<br />

<strong>the</strong> case when B (<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore also C) has identity. In <strong>the</strong> process,<br />

we will make some remarks about <strong>the</strong> structure space <strong>of</strong> a C*-algebra<br />

with identity. In particular we give a characterization <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> interior<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> closed, Hausdorff points in this space, <strong>and</strong> use this result<br />

to reveal some structure properties <strong>of</strong> certain C*-algebras with<br />

identity.<br />

2. NOTATIONS AND PREREQUISITE RESULTS<br />

If A is any C*-algebra, Prim (A) will always denote <strong>the</strong> structure<br />

space <strong>of</strong> A, that is <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all primitive ideals <strong>of</strong> A, with <strong>the</strong> Jacobson<br />

or hull-kernel topology. We will denote <strong>the</strong> center <strong>of</strong> A by C(A).<br />

If A <strong>and</strong> B are subsets <strong>of</strong> a C*-algebra M, we will denote by (A : B)<br />

<strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all x in M with XB + Bx C A. If A <strong>and</strong> B are closed, two-<br />

sided ideals in M, so is (A : B), <strong>and</strong> we will refer to (A : B) as a<br />

quotient ideal. The algebraic facts concerning quotient ideals are to<br />

be found in [IO], p. 8. The pro<strong>of</strong>s are given <strong>the</strong>re for a commutative<br />

ring, but commutativity is not needed. If A <strong>and</strong> B are C*-subalgebras<br />

<strong>of</strong> M with A C B, <strong>the</strong>n (A : B) is a C*-subalgebra <strong>of</strong> M.<br />

Finally, we shall let M(A) d enote <strong>the</strong> double centralizer algebra<br />

<strong>of</strong> a C*-algebra A, <strong>and</strong> refer <strong>the</strong> reader to [I] <strong>and</strong> [S] for details<br />

concerning this C*-algebra. We wish only to remark that M(A) can<br />

370


STRUCTURE SPACES AND EXTENSIONS 0~ C*-ALGEBRAS 371<br />

be considered as <strong>the</strong> idealizer <strong>of</strong> A (that is <strong>the</strong> C*-subalgebra (A : A))<br />

in <strong>the</strong> enveloping Von Neumann algebra <strong>of</strong> A, <strong>the</strong> latter being canonically<br />

isomorphic to <strong>the</strong> bidual, A**, <strong>of</strong> A.<br />

An essential tool for us is a result <strong>of</strong> Dixmier ([4], Theorem 5).<br />

This result does not explicitly mention double centralizer algebras, but<br />

using <strong>the</strong> above remark concerning <strong>the</strong>se algebras <strong>the</strong> reader can easily<br />

verify that it is equivalent with <strong>the</strong> following: If A is any C*-algebra,<br />

<strong>the</strong> set Cb(Prim (A)) <strong>of</strong> all continuous, complex, bounded functions<br />

on Prim (A) can be canonically identified with C(M(A)). In its final<br />

form, this identification can be described as follows: If P E Prim (A)<br />

<strong>and</strong> x E C(M(A)), <strong>the</strong>n (P : A) E Prim (M(A)) ([3], Section 3.2) <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> image R <strong>of</strong> x in M(A)/(P : A) is a multiple,f,(P) : 1, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> identity.<br />

Thus P+fJP) d e fi nes a complex valued function on Prim (A).<br />

Dixmier shows in [4] that fz is in C,(Prim (A)) <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n uses a fundamental<br />

result <strong>of</strong> Dauns <strong>and</strong> H<strong>of</strong>mann ([2], III, 3.5, 3.9 <strong>and</strong> III, Sec. 5)<br />

to show that every function in Cb(Prim (A)) can be realized uniquely<br />

in this way. As a corollary, we get a result already proved in [2], III,<br />

Sec. 5, namely that if A has a unit, C&Prim (A)) is canonically isomorphic<br />

with C(A).<br />

3. HAUSDORFF POINTS IN THE STRUCTURE SPACE OF A<br />

(?-ALGEBRA<br />

In [5], Dixmier defines a point x in a topological space x to be<br />

HausdorfI if given any pointy in X, not in <strong>the</strong> closure <strong>of</strong> x, <strong>the</strong>re exist<br />

disjoint neighborhoods <strong>of</strong> x <strong>and</strong> y. We shall always let S(X) represent<br />

<strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> closed, HausdorfI points <strong>of</strong> X, <strong>and</strong> s(X) <strong>the</strong> interior <strong>of</strong> S(X).<br />

s(X) was investigated in [5] <strong>and</strong> [6] for <strong>the</strong> case where X = Prim (A)<br />

for some C*-algebra A. We will also consider this case <strong>and</strong> give a<br />

characterization <strong>of</strong> S(Prim (A)) when A has identity.<br />

LEMMA 3.1. If A is a C*-algebra, <strong>the</strong>n<br />

C(A) = A n C(M(A))<br />

This lemma is a consequence <strong>of</strong> [4], Theorem 8, but we prefer to<br />

give a direct pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. If x E C(A) <strong>and</strong> T E M(A), <strong>the</strong>n for all y E A,<br />

(Tx)y = T(q)= T(yx) =(Ty)x = x(Ty) =(xT)y<br />

<strong>and</strong> so TX = XT. Thus C(A) C A n C(M(A)) <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r contain-<br />

ment is obvious.


372 BUSBY<br />

If A <strong>and</strong> B are C*-algebras with A a closed, two-sided ideal in B,<br />

we know that Prim (A) can be identified with an open subset <strong>of</strong><br />

Prim (B) by making P E Prim (A) correspond to (P : A) E Prim (B)<br />

(see [3], Section 2.3 <strong>and</strong> [I], Lemma 6.1). We will usually make this<br />

identification.<br />

COROLLARY 3.2. If A is a closed, two-sided ideal in a C*-algebra B<br />

<strong>and</strong> if Prim (A) is dense in Prim (B), <strong>the</strong>n C(A) = A n C(B).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. By <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Jacobson topology <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> embed-<br />

ding described above, we see that <strong>the</strong> closure <strong>of</strong> Prim (A) in Prim (B)<br />

is <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all J E Prim B with J3 r)lGPrim(A) (1 : A). The latter<br />

intersection is just [(nlcPrim(A)I) : A] ([IO], p. 8) which is (0 : A)<br />

([3], Section 2.9.7) <strong>the</strong> annihilator <strong>of</strong> A in B. Since in this case<br />

Prim (A) is dense in Prim (B), (0 : A) C nicPrimB J = 0 <strong>and</strong> so by [I],<br />

Proposition 3.7, B can be considered to be a subalgebra <strong>of</strong> M(A).<br />

The result now follows easily from Lemma 3.1. We remark in passing,<br />

that while <strong>the</strong> inclusion A n C(B) CC(A) clearly holds in general,<br />

equality does not hold in general without <strong>the</strong> denseness condition.<br />

We now come to <strong>the</strong> main result <strong>of</strong> this section.<br />

THEOREM 3.3. Let B be a C*-algebra with identity, <strong>and</strong> A a closed,<br />

two-sided ideal in B with Prim (A) Hausdor#. Let X be <strong>the</strong> maximal<br />

ideal space <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> commutative C*-algebra C(A). As usual we consider<br />

Prim (A) to be an open subset <strong>of</strong> Prim (B). Then<br />

(1) X can be embedded as an open subset <strong>of</strong> Prim (A).<br />

(2) If WY B) re P resents <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> points <strong>of</strong> Prim (A) which<br />

are closed <strong>and</strong> Hausdorff in Prim (B), <strong>and</strong> S(A, B) is <strong>the</strong> interior <strong>of</strong> this<br />

set, <strong>the</strong>n with <strong>the</strong> above embedding, X = $(A, B).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. (I) Since A is an ideal in M(A), C(A) = A n C(M(A))<br />

is an ideal in C(M(A)). By <strong>the</strong> identification <strong>of</strong> C(M(A)) with<br />

C,(Prim (A)) mentioned in Section 2, we see that C(A) can be identi-<br />

fied with a C*-algebra <strong>of</strong> continuous functions on Prim (A). By [3],<br />

Proposition 3.3.7, each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se functions belongs to C,(Prim (A)), <strong>the</strong><br />

set <strong>of</strong> all continuous, complex functions on Prim (A) which vanish at<br />

infinity. It is well known that a closed, two-sided ideal in C,(Prim (A))<br />

consists <strong>of</strong> all functions vanishing on some closed set, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>refore<br />

<strong>the</strong> maximal ideal space <strong>of</strong> such an ideal corresponds to <strong>the</strong> comple-<br />

mentary open set. Since C(A) is isomorphic with an ideal in<br />

C,(Prim (A)), (1) follows.


STRUCTURE SPACES AND EXTENSIONS OF C*-ALGEBRAS 373<br />

(2) We will consider X as an open subset <strong>of</strong> Prim (A), <strong>and</strong><br />

continue with <strong>the</strong> notation previously used. We first show that<br />

S(A, B) C X. It was pointed out in [6], Lemma3.2, <strong>and</strong> Lemma3.3,<br />

that every point in S(Prim (B)) has a neighborhood system<br />

composed <strong>of</strong> sets which are closed <strong>and</strong> compact in Prim (B). If<br />

I E S(A, B) C S(Prim (B)), th ere is a closed, compact neighborhood V<br />

<strong>of</strong> I in Prim (B), such that I’ C S(A, B).<br />

In <strong>the</strong> usual way, we can find a continuous function<br />

g : Prim (B) -+ [0, l] such that g(x) = 1 <strong>and</strong> g = 0 outside P (even<br />

though Prim (B) is in general not Hausdorff, g can be defined in <strong>the</strong><br />

Hausdorf? space V first, set equal to zero on <strong>the</strong> rest <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> space, <strong>and</strong><br />

shown to be continuous). Since B has identity, C(B) z Cb(Prim (B)j,<br />

<strong>and</strong> so g = fZ for some element x <strong>of</strong> C(B). Since g vanishes outside<br />

$(A, B) CPrim (A), we have that x E npE,,rim~(B) P = A (see [3],<br />

Theorem 2.9.7), where Prim, (B) is <strong>the</strong> set <strong>of</strong> all P E Prim (B) such<br />

that P 1 A. Thus x E C(B) n A C C(A). Since g(l) = f,(1) # 0,<br />

I E X, <strong>and</strong> since I was an arbitrary in &A, B), S(A, B) C X.<br />

To complete <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>orem, we need to show that X C &A, B), that<br />

is we must show that for every I in X <strong>and</strong> J E Prim (B), I <strong>and</strong> J have<br />

disjoint neighborhoods It is enough to consider points J in <strong>the</strong> closure<br />

Prim (A) <strong>of</strong> Prim (A), since if I E X, J E Prim (B), but J $ Prim (A),<br />

<strong>the</strong>n I <strong>and</strong> J are already in disjoint open sets Now Prim (A) is <strong>the</strong><br />

structure space <strong>of</strong> some C*-algebra containing A<br />

--<br />

(see [3], Section<br />

3.2.2), <strong>and</strong> since we need only to consider J in Prim (A), we may<br />

assume Prim (A) = Prim (B). Let I E X. If J E X, <strong>the</strong>n since X is<br />

Hausdorfl’, <strong>and</strong> open in Prim (B), I <strong>and</strong> J have disjoint neighborhoods.<br />

If J $ X, choose an element x E C(A) such that x + 0 (mod I), i.e.,<br />

f#) j- 0. Since by Corollary 3.2 C(A) = A n C(B), fz has an extensionfZ<br />

to all <strong>of</strong> Prim (B). By <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> X, Jj, is zero outside X,<br />

so j$(J) = 0. Th e sets U, = {J’ E Prim (B) / f,(,(J’) > 8 fZ(l)} <strong>and</strong><br />

US = U’ E Prim W I .&I’> -c hf#>l are disjoint neighborhoods <strong>of</strong><br />

I <strong>and</strong> J, respectively, <strong>and</strong> so I E ,$A, B). This completes <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>orem.<br />

Remark. An interesting consequence <strong>of</strong> this <strong>the</strong>orem is that <strong>the</strong><br />

set <strong>of</strong> points in Prim (A) which are in &Prim (B)), is completely<br />

independent <strong>of</strong> B, as long as B has identity.<br />

DEFINITION 3.4. We will say that a C*-algebra A is central if<br />

C(A) separates <strong>the</strong> points <strong>of</strong> Prim (A), that is if Pi <strong>and</strong> Pz E Prim (A)<br />

<strong>and</strong> Pl n C(A) = Pz n C(A), <strong>the</strong>n Pl = Pz . (See [9], Section 9)


374 BUSBY<br />

COROLLARY 3.5. (to Theorem 3.3.) If B is a C*-akebra with<br />

identity <strong>and</strong> A is a closed, two-sided ideal in B, <strong>the</strong>n Prim (A) consists<br />

entirely <strong>of</strong> closed, Hausdogpoints in Prim (B) if <strong>and</strong> only if A is central.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. If A is central, <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> correspondence P-+ P n C(A)<br />

is a homeomorphism <strong>of</strong> Prim (A) onto <strong>the</strong> maximal ideal space <strong>of</strong><br />

C(A) ([9], Theorem 9.1). The corollary <strong>the</strong>n follows.<br />

COROLLARY 3.6. In any C*-algebra B with identity, <strong>the</strong> unique<br />

closed, two-sided ideal <strong>of</strong> B corresponding to $(Prim (B)) (which<br />

exists by [3], Proposition 3.3.2) is <strong>the</strong> largest central ideal in B. Following<br />

<strong>the</strong> notation <strong>of</strong> [6], Section 4, we denote this ideal by L(B).<br />

COROLLARY 3.7. With notation as above, ;f J ~Prim(B) <strong>the</strong>n<br />

J E S(Prim (B)) if <strong>and</strong> only if th ere is a central ideal I in B, with I $ J.<br />

COROLLARY 3.8. With B as above, <strong>the</strong> following are equivalent:<br />

(1) Prim (B) is a HausdotJg space.<br />

(2) All primitive ideals in B are central.<br />

(3) There are two primitive ideals, J1 <strong>and</strong> Jz , which are central.<br />

(4) B is central.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />

(1) S- (2). Follows from Corollary 3.5.<br />

(2) =+ (3) is obvious<br />

(3) 3 (1) The only difficulty here is that, a priori, J1 (say)<br />

could be in <strong>the</strong> closure <strong>of</strong> Jz . But since J1 is central, <strong>and</strong> JS is a point<br />

in <strong>the</strong> complement <strong>of</strong> (x}, Jz is closed. Now Prim (B) is <strong>the</strong> union<br />

<strong>of</strong> two sets, both in &Prim (B)), <strong>and</strong> so (1) follows.<br />

(1) * (4) also follows from Corollary 3.5.<br />

(4) 3 (1) is just Theorem 9.1. <strong>of</strong> [9].<br />

We now refer <strong>the</strong> reader to [3] Chapter 10 <strong>and</strong> [A, Chapter 1 for<br />

<strong>the</strong> definition <strong>and</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> a continuous field, (9, 0), <strong>of</strong> C*-alge-<br />

bras over a Hausdorff space X. We will use Definition 10.1.2 <strong>of</strong> [3].<br />

If, for each x E X, F(x) (<strong>the</strong> fiber over x) is a full matrix algebra <strong>of</strong><br />

some dimension, (depending on x) we will refer to (9, e), or simply<br />

to 8, as a continuous field <strong>of</strong> matrix algebras. If condition (iv) <strong>of</strong> [3],<br />

Definition 10.1.2 does not hold we will call (9, 8) a continuous<br />

prefield <strong>of</strong> C*-algebras.<br />

THEOREM 3.9. Let A be a separable C.C.R. algebra with identity<br />

(see [3], Chapter 4, where <strong>the</strong>y are called h’minal (?-algebras).<br />

Then <strong>the</strong>re is a compact Hausdorff space X, <strong>and</strong> a continuous prefield 8<br />

<strong>of</strong> matrix algebras over X such that A g 8.


STRUCTURE SPACES AND EXTENSIONS OF C*-ALGEBRAS 375<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Since A has identity, Prim (A) is compact (see [3], Proposition<br />

3.1.8, we do not assume HausdorfI when we say compact). It<br />

was shown ([S], L emma 2) that if A is separable, with compact<br />

structure space, <strong>the</strong>n S(Prim (A)) is dense in Prim (A). Again let<br />

L(A) be <strong>the</strong> ideal corresponding to $Prim (A)). ThenL(A) is a central<br />

C.C.R. algebra. Since L(A) is C.C.R. with HausdorfI structure space,<br />

we know that <strong>the</strong>re is a continuous field <strong>of</strong> C*-algebras, (9, fQ, over<br />

S(Prim (A)) such that for each I E Prim (A), F(I) is <strong>the</strong> algebra <strong>of</strong> all<br />

compact operators on some Hilbert space HI , <strong>and</strong> I,(A) is isomorphic<br />

with <strong>the</strong> algebra <strong>of</strong> all sections 5 E 8 which vanish at infinity (see [3],<br />

Theorem 10.54). Since I,(A) is central each g(I) has center <strong>and</strong> so<br />

must be a full matrix algebra. Now M&(A)) s 13. In fact <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> [I], Theorem 3.15, can easily be modified to include <strong>the</strong> case under<br />

discussion. Also by [I] Theorem 3.15, since S(Prim (A)) is dense in<br />

Prim (A), A can be considered to be a subalgebra <strong>of</strong> M(L(A)) = 19.<br />

It is <strong>the</strong>n easy to see that A satisfies (i)-(iii) <strong>of</strong> [3], Definition<br />

This completes <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />

10.1.2.<br />

We refer to [3], Section 4.3 for <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> G.C.R. (postliminal)<br />

C*-algebra, <strong>and</strong> to [3], 4.7.12 for <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> generalized<br />

trace class (G.T.C.)<br />

we prove:<br />

algebras. As a final application <strong>of</strong> Theorem 3.3,<br />

THEOREM 3.10. If A is a G.C.R. algebra with identity, <strong>the</strong><br />

following statements are equivalent:<br />

(i) A is G.T.C.<br />

(ii) If I is a proper, closed, two-sided ideal in A, <strong>the</strong>re is a proper<br />

closed, two-sided ideal J 3 I with J/I central.<br />

(iii) If I is a proper, closed, two-sided ideal in A, <strong>the</strong>re is a proper,<br />

closed, two-sided ideal J 3 I, such that C(J/L) # {O}.<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Dixmier has shown in [6-J Prop. 4.2. that if A is G.C.R.,<br />

<strong>the</strong>n A is G.T.C. if <strong>and</strong> only if for all closed, two-sided ideal I <strong>of</strong> A,<br />

W/I) # {O} (using p revious notation). This toge<strong>the</strong>r with Corollary<br />

3.6. shows that (i) o (ii), <strong>and</strong> obviously (ii) 3 (iii). Finally, (iii) + (ii)<br />

follows easily from Theorem 3.3, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong> is complete.<br />

4. APPLICATIONS TO EXTENSION THEORY<br />

If A is a C*-algebra, <strong>and</strong> M(A) is its double centralizer algebra, we<br />

will denote <strong>the</strong> quotient M(A)/A by O(A). An extension <strong>of</strong> A by C,<br />

where A <strong>and</strong> C are C*-algebras, is <strong>the</strong> equivalence class <strong>of</strong> some short


376 BUSBY<br />

exact sequence, 0 -+ A -+ B ---t C -+ 0, <strong>of</strong> C*-algebras. For a fixed A<br />

<strong>and</strong> C, <strong>the</strong> set Ext (C, A) <strong>of</strong> all extensions <strong>of</strong> A by C was shown in [Z]<br />

to be in one-to-one correspondence with <strong>the</strong> *-homomorphisms<br />

from C to O(A). We construct a canonical element <strong>of</strong> E, , <strong>the</strong> extension<br />

associated with a given *-homomorphism y : C ---f O(A), by defining B<br />

to be <strong>the</strong> subset <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> product algebra M(A) x C consisting <strong>of</strong> all<br />

(m, c) with r(m) = y(C), where r : M(A) -+ O(A) is projection. B<br />

is easily shown to be a C*-algebra, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> maps f : A -+ B <strong>and</strong><br />

g : B --t C given respectively by f (u) = (a, 0) <strong>and</strong> g(m, c) = c com-<br />

plete <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> canonical representative <strong>of</strong> E, . It is easy<br />

to see that B has identity if <strong>and</strong> only if C has identity <strong>and</strong> y( 1 c) = 1, tR) .<br />

In fact if <strong>the</strong> latter condition holds, (1, 1) is an identity for B, <strong>and</strong> on<br />

<strong>the</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r h<strong>and</strong> if (m, c) is an identity for B, <strong>the</strong>n since g is surjective,<br />

c must be an identity, 1 c, for C. Clearly m is an identity for rr-ly( C) C A<br />

<strong>and</strong> by <strong>the</strong> definition <strong>of</strong> M(A), any identity for A must be lMcA) .<br />

Hence (m, c) = (1, 1) <strong>and</strong> ~(1) = lata) = y( 1,).<br />

DEFINITION 4.1. Let <strong>the</strong> image r(C(M(A)) be called <strong>the</strong> projected<br />

center <strong>of</strong> O(A) <strong>and</strong> denoted by C,(O(A)). We now answer <strong>the</strong> question<br />

<strong>of</strong> when Prim (B) is Hausdorff (A, B, <strong>and</strong> C as above).<br />

THEOREM 4.2. Let A <strong>and</strong> C be C*-algebras, let C have identity <strong>and</strong><br />

let 0 -+ A L B -% C -+ 0 be <strong>the</strong> canonical representative <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> exten-<br />

sion E,, associated with a *-homomorphism y : C --f O(A) with<br />

y( 1 c) = l,,ta) . Then Prim (B) is HausdorJff if <strong>and</strong> only if:<br />

(1) Prim (A) <strong>and</strong> Prim (C) are Hausdorff;<br />

(2) A is central;<br />

(3) Y(W)) C C,(W)).<br />

Pro<strong>of</strong>. Suppose (l)-(3). E ver 1 ea in Prim (B) is ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

y ‘d 1<br />

form (P : A), P E Prim (A), or g-l(Q), 9 E Prim (C) (see [3], Propo-<br />

sition 2.11.5). Since Prim (A) is HausdorB, A is central <strong>and</strong> B has<br />

identity, Theorem 3.3 shows that all ideals in Prim (B) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> form<br />

(P : A), P E Prim (A), are closed, Hausdorf? points. It remains only<br />

to show that if or = g-‘( Q,), <strong>and</strong> Dz = g-I( a,), Q, <strong>and</strong> Q, in Prim (C),<br />

<strong>the</strong>n Dr <strong>and</strong> az have disjoint neighborhoods in Prim (C). Since<br />

Prim (C) is Hausdorf?, <strong>the</strong>re is an element x E C(C) with x E Qr <strong>and</strong><br />

x $ Q, . In fact C,(Prim (C)) = C(C) by <strong>the</strong> identification previously<br />

discussed, <strong>and</strong> some continuous function must separate 52, <strong>and</strong> Q, .<br />

Since y(C(C)) C C&O(A)), <strong>the</strong>re is an element m in C(M(A)) with<br />

(m, X) E B. It is easy to see that (m, x) E C(B) <strong>and</strong> (m, x) E or,<br />

(m, x) $ D, . Therefore since (m, x) can be thought <strong>of</strong> as a continuous


STRUCTURE SPACES AND EXTENSIONS OF C*-ALGEBRAS 377<br />

function on Prim (B), we see that D, <strong>and</strong> 0s have disjoint neigh-<br />

borhoods in Prim (B) <strong>and</strong> so Prim (B) is HausdorE<br />

Conversely, suppose Prim (I?) is Hausdorff. Condition (1) is <strong>the</strong>n<br />

clear <strong>and</strong> (2) follows from Theorem 3.3. Now denote r-l(C,(O(A)) by<br />

K, <strong>and</strong> consider K n C(C). This is easily seen to be a C*-algebra<br />

<strong>of</strong> continuous functions on Prim (C) (<strong>the</strong> usual identifications being<br />

in force). This algebra contains constants since<br />

r(l) = lo(a) ~~,W)).<br />

Prim (B) is Hausdortf, <strong>and</strong> so for any @ = S-l(Qn,), i = 1, 2,<br />

L$ E Prim (C) <strong>the</strong>re must be an element (m, c) E C(B) with (m, c) E DI<br />

<strong>and</strong> (m,c)$ <strong>On</strong>,. Thus <strong>the</strong>re is a c E C(C) such that c E L?, <strong>and</strong><br />

c 4 Q, . This property toge<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> properties <strong>of</strong> containing<br />

constants <strong>and</strong> being a C*-algebra, imply in <strong>the</strong> usual way using Stone-<br />

Weierstrass Theorem, that K n C(C) = C(C) <strong>and</strong> condition (3) holds.<br />

This completes <strong>the</strong> pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />

RRFERRNCR.S<br />

1. BUSBY, R., Double centralizers <strong>and</strong> extensions <strong>of</strong> C*-algebras. Trans. Am. Math.<br />

Sot. (to be published).<br />

2. DAUNS, J. AND HOFMANN, K. H., Representations<br />

Memoirs Am. Math. Sec. (to be published).<br />

<strong>of</strong> rings by continuous sections.<br />

3. DIXMIER, J., “Les C*-algebras et Leurs Representations.” Gauthier-Villars,<br />

Paris, 1964.<br />

4. DIXMIER, J., Ideal center <strong>of</strong> a C*-algebra (to be published).<br />

5. DIXMIER, J., Points s&pare dans le spectre dune<br />

(1961), 115-128.<br />

C*-algebra. Acta Sci. Math. 22<br />

6. DIXMIJIR, J., Traces sur les C*-algebras. II. Bull. Sci. Math. 88 (1964), 39-57.<br />

7. FELL, J. M. G., The structure <strong>of</strong> algebras <strong>of</strong> operator fields. Acta Math. 106<br />

(1961), 233-280.<br />

8. JOHNSON, B. E., An introduction to <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>ory <strong>of</strong> centralizers. PTOC. London Math.<br />

Sot. 14 (1964), 299-320.<br />

9. KAPLANSKY, I., Normed algebras. Duke Math. J. 16 (1949), 399418.<br />

IO. NORTHCOTT, D. G., “Ideal Theory” (Cambridge Tracts in Ma<strong>the</strong>matics <strong>and</strong><br />

Ma<strong>the</strong>matical Physics, No. 42). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1963.


JOURNAL OF FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS i, 378 (1967)<br />

Erratum<br />

Vol. 1, No. 1 (1967), in <strong>the</strong> article, “An Extension <strong>of</strong> a Theorem<br />

<strong>of</strong> L. O’Raifeartaigh,” by Irving Segal, pp. l-21 :<br />

Page 1, insert, “Received April 1 I, 1966.”<br />

Printed in Belgium 378

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!